Changeset 158 for branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Timestamp:
- Sep 30, 2008, 7:14:08 AM (17 years ago)
- Location:
- branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Files:
-
- 56 edited
-
eventlogadm.8.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
findsmb.1.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
index.html (modified) (1 diff)
-
libsmbclient.7.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
lmhosts.5.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
log2pcap.1.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
mount.cifs.8.html (modified) (6 diffs)
-
net.8.html (modified) (13 diffs)
-
nmbd.8.html (modified) (5 diffs)
-
nmblookup.1.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
ntlm_auth.1.html (modified) (6 diffs)
-
pam_winbind.7.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
pdbedit.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
profiles.1.html (modified) (1 diff)
-
rpcclient.1.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
samba.7.html (modified) (6 diffs)
-
smb.conf.5.html (modified) (316 diffs)
-
smbcacls.1.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
smbclient.1.html (modified) (8 diffs)
-
smbcontrol.1.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
smbcquotas.1.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
smbd.8.html (modified) (8 diffs)
-
smbget.1.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
smbgetrc.5.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
smbmnt.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
smbmount.8.html (modified) (5 diffs)
-
smbpasswd.5.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
smbpasswd.8.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
smbspool.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
smbstatus.1.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
smbtar.1.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
smbtree.1.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
smbumount.8.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
swat.8.html (modified) (5 diffs)
-
tdbbackup.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
tdbdump.8.html (modified) (1 diff)
-
tdbtool.8.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
testparm.1.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
umount.cifs.8.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
vfs_audit.8.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
vfs_cacheprime.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
vfs_cap.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
vfs_catia.8.html (modified) (1 diff)
-
vfs_commit.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
vfs_default_quota.8.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
vfs_extd_audit.8.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
vfs_fake_perms.8.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
vfs_full_audit.8.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
vfs_netatalk.8.html (modified) (1 diff)
-
vfs_prealloc.8.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
vfs_readonly.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
vfs_recycle.8.html (modified) (4 diffs)
-
vfs_shadow_copy.8.html (modified) (3 diffs)
-
vfstest.1.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
wbinfo.1.html (modified) (2 diffs)
-
winbindd.8.html (modified) (12 diffs)
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/eventlogadm.8.html
r134 r158 7 7 <code class="literal">write</code> 8 8 <em class="replaceable"><code>EVENTLOG</code></em> 9 </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82776"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts9 </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290839"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts 10 10 formatted event log records on standard input and writes them 11 11 to the Samba event log store. Windows client can then manipulate 12 these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83360"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p>12 these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258937"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p> 13 13 The <code class="literal">-d</code> option causes <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> to emit debugging 14 14 information. … … 32 32 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-h</code></span></dt><dd><p> 33 33 Print usage information. 34 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82924"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>34 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259051"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> 35 35 expects to be able to read structured records from standard 36 36 input. These records are a sequence of lines, with the record key … … 81 81 </p></li><li><p> 82 82 <code class="literal">DAT</code> - This field should be left unset. 83 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324474"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting">83 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299775"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 84 84 LEN: 0 85 85 RS1: 1699505740 … … 104 104 my_program_to_parse_into_eventlog_records | \\ 105 105 eventlogadm SystemLogEvents 106 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324515"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324525"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were106 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299816"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299826"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were 107 107 created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the 108 108 Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/findsmb.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB 2 name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83737"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>2 name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258177"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> 3 3 suite.</p><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> is a perl script that 4 4 prints out several pieces of information about machines … … 7 7 and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> 8 8 to obtain this information. 9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82735"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290798"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes 10 10 bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name 11 11 registered of the remote machine. This option is disabled by default … … 17 17 is run. This value is passed to 18 18 <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> 19 as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83365"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following19 as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258940"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following 20 20 information for all machines that respond to the initial 21 21 <code class="literal">nmblookup</code> for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, … … 49 49 192.168.35.93 FROGSTAR-PC [MVENGR] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager] 50 50 192.168.35.97 HERBNT1 *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0] 51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82901"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of52 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82911"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>,51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259027"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 52 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259038"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, 53 53 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> 54 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82944"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities54 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258238"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 55 55 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 56 56 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/index.html
r135 r158 39 39 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbpasswd.5.html" target="_top">smbpasswd(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The Samba encrypted password file 40 40 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top">smbpasswd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>change a user's SMB password 41 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbsh.1.html" target="_top">smbsh(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Allows access to remote SMB shares42 using UNIX commands43 41 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbspool.8.html" target="_top">smbspool(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>send a print file to an SMB printer 44 42 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbstatus.1.html" target="_top">smbstatus(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>report on current Samba connections -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/libsmbclient.7.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>libsmbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="libsmbclient.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>libsmbclient — An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">Browser URL:</code><p> 2 2 smb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options] 3 </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83733"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>3 </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258174"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 4 4 This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite. 5 5 </p><p> … … 13 13 extension of the capabilities of tools such as file managers and browsers. This man page describes the 14 14 configuration options for this tool so that the user may obtain greatest utility of use. 15 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82731"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>15 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290796"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 16 16 What the URLs mean: 17 17 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">smb://</span></dt><dd><p> … … 45 45 parameter and will use its value when if the <code class="literal">user</code> parameter was not included 46 46 in the URL. 47 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83406"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p>47 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258984"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p> 48 48 Watch this space for future updates. 49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83415"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258994"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p> 50 50 This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite. 51 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83425"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>51 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259004"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 52 52 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 53 53 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/lmhosts.5.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83735"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258175"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba 2 2 </em></span> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file. It 3 3 is very similar to the <code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code> file 4 4 format, except that the hostname component must correspond 5 to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82728"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name.5 to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290790"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name. 6 6 The two fields on each line are separated from each other by 7 7 white space. Any entry beginning with '#' is ignored. Each line … … 26 26 type for a name "NTSERVER" is queried. Any other name type will not 27 27 be resolved.</p><p>The default location of the <code class="filename">lmhosts</code> file 28 is in the same directory as the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83354"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is28 is in the same directory as the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258930"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is 29 29 usually <code class="filename">/etc/samba</code> or <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib</code>. 30 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83375"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283385"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83419"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities30 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258952"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258962"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> 31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258995"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 32 32 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 33 33 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/log2pcap.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83760"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a 2 2 samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable 3 3 by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet … … 6 6 right, <code class="constant">10</code> to get the first 512 data bytes of the 7 7 packet and <code class="constant">50</code> to get the whole packet. 8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82764"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290825"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is 9 9 specified the output file will be a 10 10 hex dump, in a format that is readable … … 18 18 to stdout. 19 19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83394"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting">20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258969"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 21 21 <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace.pcap 22 22 </pre><p>Convert to pcap using text2pcap:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 23 23 <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap -h samba.log | text2pcap -T 139,139 - trace.pcap 24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82882"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282892"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP,24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259007"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259016"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP, 25 25 NetBIOS lookup or other data.</p><p>The generated TCP and IP headers don't contain a valid 26 checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82906"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282928"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities26 checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259031"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259054"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 27 27 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 28 28 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/mount.cifs.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83752"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258193"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It 2 2 is usually invoked indirectly by 3 3 the <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the … … 21 21 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> causes the cifs vfs to launch a thread named cifsd. After mounting it keeps running until 22 22 the mounted resource is unmounted (usually via the umount utility). 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82767"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290829"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If 24 24 this is not given, then the environment variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> is used. This option can also take the 25 25 form "user%password" or "workgroup/user" or … … 214 214 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">wsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network write size (default 57344) 215 215 maximum wsize currently allowed by CIFS is 57344 (fourteen 216 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24899"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p>216 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300200"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p> 217 217 It's generally preferred to use forward slashes (/) as a delimiter in service names. They are considered to be the "universal delimiter" since they are generally not allowed to be embedded within path components on Windows machines and the client can convert them to blackslashes (\) unconditionally. Conversely, backslash characters are allowed by POSIX to be part of a path component, and can't be automatically converted in the same way. 218 218 </p><p> 219 219 mount.cifs will attempt to convert backslashes to forward slashes where it's able to do so, but it cannot do so in any path component following the sharename. 220 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24918"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>220 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300218"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p> 221 221 The variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> may contain the username of the 222 222 person to be used to authenticate to the server. … … 230 230 of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is 231 231 read and used as the password. 232 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24946"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324957"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>232 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300247"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300258"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 233 233 The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading 234 234 debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. … … 241 241 installation (device driver load). 242 242 For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>. 243 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24982"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported.243 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300283"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported. 244 244 </p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with 245 245 leading space.</p><p> … … 249 249 when reporting bugs (minimum: mount.cifs (try mount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and 250 250 server type you are trying to contact. 251 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25003"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of252 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25013"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>251 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300304"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of 252 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300314"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 253 253 Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel 254 254 source tree may contain additional options and information. 255 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25033"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It255 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300334"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It 256 256 was converted to Docbook/XML by Jelmer Vernooij.</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace 257 257 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>. -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/net.8.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote 2 2 CIFS servers. 3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82818"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290856"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility 4 4 available for windows and DOS. The first argument should be used 5 5 to specify the protocol to use when executing a certain command. … … 8 8 argument is omitted, net will try to determine it automatically. 9 9 Not all commands are available on all protocols. 10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83377"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258951"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 11 11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w target-workgroup</span></dt><dd><p> 12 12 Sets target workgroup or domain. You have to specify … … 55 55 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 56 56 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter 57 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324518"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324523"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application57 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299800"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299805"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application 58 58 to a machine account password that has already been stored in Active Directory. DO NOT USE this command 59 59 unless you know exactly what you are doing. The use of this command requires that the force flag (-f) … … 62 62 this without care and attention as it will overwrite a legitimate machine password without warning. 63 63 YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED. 64 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 324538"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server65 or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 324553"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command64 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299820"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server 65 or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299835"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command 66 66 displays the time on the remote server. 67 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 324568"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324583"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on68 the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 324597"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324609"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p>67 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299850"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299866"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on 68 the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299881"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299893"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p> 69 69 Join a domain. If the account already exists on the server, and 70 70 [TYPE] is MEMBER, the machine will attempt to join automatically. … … 83 83 and ldap, so it may need to be doubled or quadrupled to pass through, 84 84 and it is not used as a delimiter. 85 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 324636"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain85 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299920"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain 86 86 using the old style of domain joining - you need to create a trust 87 account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 324647"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324652"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324662"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324674"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324685"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324700"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324714"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324720"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324729"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324742"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324756"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324761"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324771"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers87 account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299931"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299936"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299946"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299958"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299969"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299984"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299998"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300003"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300013"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300026"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300040"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300045"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300055"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers 88 88 specifies the number of users that can be connected to the 89 share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 24786"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324798"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324804"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324813"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on90 remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 24828"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>89 share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300069"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300082"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300088"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300097"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on 90 remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300112"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p> 91 91 Print information on specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em>. 92 92 Currently listed are: file-id, username, locks, path, permissions. 93 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 24844"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></h4><p>93 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300128"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></h4><p> 94 94 List files opened by specified <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. 95 95 Please note that <code class="literal">net rap file user</code> does not work 96 96 against Samba servers. 97 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 24865"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324870"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS98 sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 24881"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324893"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324906"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults99 to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 24919"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the100 current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 24929"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324934"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server.97 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300149"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300154"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS 98 sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300165"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300176"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300190"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults 99 to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300202"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the 100 current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300213"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300218"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server. 101 101 If the <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em> is omitted, all 102 queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 24950"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324963"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p>102 queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300234"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300246"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p> 103 103 Validate whether the specified user can log in to the 104 104 remote server. If the password is not specified on the commandline, it 105 105 will be prompted. 106 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 24984"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324990"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325001"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325016"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325032"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on106 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300268"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300273"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300285"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300300"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300316"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on 107 107 the remote server. Only works with OS/2 servers. 108 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25051"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325057"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325074"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325089"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p>108 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300335"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300341"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300358"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300373"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p> 109 109 Change password of <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> from <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> to <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em>. 110 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25117"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325122"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p>110 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300401"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300406"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p> 111 111 Lookup the IP address of the given host with the specified type (netbios suffix). 112 112 The type defaults to 0x20 (workstation). 113 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25140"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325156"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>.114 Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25172"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>115 DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25188"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>116 or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25204"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It113 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300424"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300440"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>. 114 Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300456"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code> 115 DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300472"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> 116 or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300488"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It 117 117 can be controlled using 'NET CACHE'.</p><p>All the timeout parameters support the suffixes: 118 118 119 119 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>s - Seconds</td></tr><tr><td>m - Minutes</td></tr><tr><td>h - Hours</td></tr><tr><td>d - Days</td></tr><tr><td>w - Weeks</td></tr></table><p> 120 120 121 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25238"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325256"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325268"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325286"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325298"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p>121 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300521"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300540"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300552"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300570"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300582"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p> 122 122 List all current items in the cache. 123 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25308"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325318"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Prints the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is124 omitted, the SID of the local server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25329"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets SID for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325338"></a><h3>GETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Prints the local machine SID and the SID of the current125 domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25349"></a><h3>SETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Sets the SID of the current domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325358"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups.123 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300591"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300602"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Prints the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is 124 omitted, the SID of the local server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300613"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets SID for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300622"></a><h3>GETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Prints the local machine SID and the SID of the current 125 domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300632"></a><h3>SETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Sets the SID of the current domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300642"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. 126 126 Common options include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>unixgroup - Name of the UNIX group</p></li><li><p>ntgroup - Name of the Windows NT group (must be 127 127 resolvable to a SID</p></li><li><p>rid - Unsigned 32-bit integer</p></li><li><p>sid - Full SID in the form of "S-1-..."</p></li><li><p>type - Type of the group; either 'domain', 'local', 128 or 'builtin'</p></li><li><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25398"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p>128 or 'builtin'</p></li><li><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300682"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p> 129 129 Add a new group mapping entry: 130 130 </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 132 132 [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string] 133 133 </pre><p> 134 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25414"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more than one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325427"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry.</p><p>134 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300697"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more than one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300711"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry.</p><p> 135 135 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 136 136 net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] \ 137 137 [comment=string] [type={domain|local}] 138 138 </pre><p> 139 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25446"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries.</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325460"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local139 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300730"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries.</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300744"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local 140 140 server (by the active 'passdb backend'). 141 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25471"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server,141 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300755"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server, 142 142 such as domain name, domain sid and number of users and groups. 143 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25482"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325491"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325501"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325506"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>.143 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300765"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300775"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300785"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300790"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. 144 144 This is in fact a Samba account named <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN$</code></em> 145 145 with the account flag <code class="constant">'I'</code> (interdomain trust account). … … 147 147 <code class="literal">smbpasswd -a -i DOMAIN</code>. Please note that both commands 148 148 expect a appropriate UNIX account. 149 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25534"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for149 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300818"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for 150 150 <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. If it is used against localhost 151 151 it has the same effect as <code class="literal">smbpasswd -x DOMAIN$</code>. 152 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25555"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>152 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300839"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p> 153 153 Establish a trust relationship to a trusting domain. 154 154 Interdomain account must already be created on the remote PDC. 155 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25568"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325580"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325589"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also155 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300852"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300863"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300873"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also 156 156 referred to as privileges). There are three options currently available: 157 157 <em class="parameter"><code>list</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>grant</code></em>, and 158 158 <em class="parameter"><code>revoke</code></em>. More details on Samba's privilege model and its use 159 can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25618"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325627"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>159 can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300902"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300911"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p> 160 160 Reboot after shutdown. 161 161 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt><dd><p> … … 165 165 user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown. 166 166 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-C message</span></dt><dd><p>Display the specified message on the screen to 167 announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25685"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need168 to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25695"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to167 announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300968"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need 168 to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300979"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to 169 169 local server. You need to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. 170 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25706"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325721"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325731"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS.170 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300990"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301005"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301014"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS. 171 171 Prints out quite some debug info. Aimed at developers, regular 172 users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25747"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325752"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p>172 users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301031"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301036"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p> 173 173 Lookup info for <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em> on <em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>. The printer name defaults to "*", the 174 server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 25775"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325787"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325800"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The174 server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301059"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301071"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301084"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The 175 175 expression is a standard LDAP search expression, and the 176 176 attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the results.</p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads search '(objectCategory=group)' sAMAccountName</code></strong> 177 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25825"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p>177 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301109"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p> 178 178 Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The 179 179 DN standard LDAP DN, and the attributes are a list of LDAP fields 180 180 to show in the result. 181 </p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25849"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325859"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP <NAME></h3><p>181 </p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301133"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301143"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 182 182 (Re)Create a BUILTIN group. 183 183 Only a wellknown set of BUILTIN groups can be created with this command. … … 189 189 This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly 190 190 configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range. 191 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25873"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p>191 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301156"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 192 192 Create a LOCAL group (also known as Alias). 193 193 194 194 This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly 195 195 configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range. 196 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25884"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p>196 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301168"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 197 197 Delete an existing LOCAL group (also known as Alias). 198 198 199 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25894"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p>199 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301178"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 200 200 Map an existing Unix group and make it a Domain Group, the domain group 201 201 will have the same name. 202 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25905"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p>202 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301189"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 203 203 Remove an existing group mapping entry. 204 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25914"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p>204 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301198"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p> 205 205 Add a member to a Local group. The group can be specified only by name, 206 206 the member can be specified by name or SID. 207 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25926"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p>207 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301210"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p> 208 208 Remove a member from a Local group. The group and the member must be 209 209 specified by name. 210 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25937"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM <GROUP></h3><p>210 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301221"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM <GROUP></h3><p> 211 211 List Local group members. The group must be specified by name. 212 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25947"></a><h3>SAM LIST <users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations> [verbose]</h3><p>212 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301231"></a><h3>SAM LIST <users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations> [verbose]</h3><p> 213 213 List the specified set of accounts by name. If verbose is specified, 214 214 the rid and description is also provided for each account. 215 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25959"></a><h3>SAM SHOW <NAME></h3><p>215 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301243"></a><h3>SAM SHOW <NAME></h3><p> 216 216 Show the full DOMAIN\\NAME the SID and the type for the corresponding 217 217 account. 218 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25970"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR <NAME> <DIRECTORY></h3><p>218 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301253"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR <NAME> <DIRECTORY></h3><p> 219 219 Set the home directory for a user account. 220 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25979"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH <NAME> <PATH></h3><p>220 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301263"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH <NAME> <PATH></h3><p> 221 221 Set the profile path for a user account. 222 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25989"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT <NAME> <COMMENT></h3><p>222 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301273"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT <NAME> <COMMENT></h3><p> 223 223 Set the comment for a user or group account. 224 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25998"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME <NAME> <FULL NAME></h3><p>224 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301282"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME <NAME> <FULL NAME></h3><p> 225 225 Set the full name for a user account. 226 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26008"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT <NAME> <SCRIPT></h3><p>226 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301292"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT <NAME> <SCRIPT></h3><p> 227 227 Set the logon script for a user account. 228 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26018"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE <NAME> <DRIVE></h3><p>228 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301301"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE <NAME> <DRIVE></h3><p> 229 229 Set the home drive for a user account. 230 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26027"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS <NAME> <WORKSTATIONS></h3><p>230 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301311"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS <NAME> <WORKSTATIONS></h3><p> 231 231 Set the workstations a user account is allowed to log in from. 232 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26037"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE <NAME></h3><p>232 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301321"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE <NAME></h3><p> 233 233 Set the "disabled" flag for a user account. 234 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26047"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ <NAME></h3><p>234 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301331"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ <NAME></h3><p> 235 235 Set the "password not required" flag for a user account. 236 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26057"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK <NAME></h3><p>236 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301341"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK <NAME></h3><p> 237 237 Set the "autolock" flag for a user account. 238 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26067"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP <NAME></h3><p>238 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301351"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP <NAME></h3><p> 239 239 Set the "password do not expire" flag for a user account. 240 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26077"></a><h3>SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW <NAME> [yes|no]</h3><p>240 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301361"></a><h3>SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW <NAME> [yes|no]</h3><p> 241 241 Set or unset the "password must change" flag for a user account. 242 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26087"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p>242 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301371"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p> 243 243 List the available account policies. 244 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26097"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW <account policy></h3><p>244 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301381"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW <account policy></h3><p> 245 245 Show the account policy value. 246 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26107"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET <account policy> <value></h3><p>246 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301390"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET <account policy> <value></h3><p> 247 247 Set a value for the account policy. 248 248 Valid values can be: "forever", "never", "off", or a number. 249 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26118"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p>249 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301402"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p> 250 250 Only available if ldapsam:editposix is set and winbindd is running. 251 251 Properly populates the ldap tree with the basic accounts (Administrator) 252 252 and groups (Domain Users, Domain Admins, Domain Guests) on the ldap tree. 253 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26130"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP <local tdb file name></h3><p>253 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301413"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP <local tdb file name></h3><p> 254 254 Dumps the mappings contained in the local tdb file specified. 255 255 This command is useful to dump only the mappings produced by the idmap_tdb backend. 256 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26141"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p>256 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301425"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p> 257 257 Restore the mappings from the specified file or stdin. 258 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26152"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET <DOMAIN>|ALLOC <secret></h3><p>258 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301436"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET <DOMAIN>|ALLOC <secret></h3><p> 259 259 Store a secret for the specified domain, used primarily for domains 260 260 that use idmap_ldap as a backend. In this case the secret is used 261 261 as the password for the user DN used to bind to the ldap server. 262 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26164"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for262 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301448"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for 263 263 non-root users to add user defined shares to be exported using the "net usershare" 264 264 commands. … … 289 289 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]] - to add or change a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare delete sharename - to delete a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare info [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to print info about a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare list [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to list user defined shares.</td></tr></table><p> 290 290 291 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 26209"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p>291 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301493"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p> 292 292 Add or replace a new user defined share, with name "sharename". 293 293 </p><p> … … 326 326 at connect time so will see the change immediately, there is no need 327 327 to restart smbd on adding, deleting or changing a user defined share. 328 </div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 26266"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>328 </div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301550"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p> 329 329 Deletes the user defined share by name. The Samba smbd daemon 330 330 immediately notices this change, although it will not disconnect 331 331 any users currently connected to the deleted share. 332 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 26279"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p>332 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301563"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p> 333 333 Get info on user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users. 334 334 </p><p> … … 349 349 And is a list of the current settings of the user defined share that can be 350 350 modified by the "net usershare add" command. 351 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id3 26307"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p>351 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301591"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p> 352 352 List all the user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users. 353 353 </p><p> … … 357 357 If the '-l' or '--long' option is also given, it includes the names of user defined 358 358 shares created by other users. 359 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 26334"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326344"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba360 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 26354"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities359 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301617"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301628"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba 360 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301638"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 361 361 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 362 362 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmbd.8.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS 2 over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82811"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands2 over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290849"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands 3 3 and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like 4 4 those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, … … 23 23 proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do 24 24 not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS 25 server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83029"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes25 server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258975"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 26 26 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to operate as a daemon. That is, 27 27 it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding … … 89 89 that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> responds to name queries on. Don't 90 90 use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you 91 won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324682"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the91 won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299964"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the 92 92 <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file 93 93 must contain suitable startup information for the … … 116 116 </code> in the <code class="filename">var/locks</code> directory 117 117 configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself. 118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24858"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300140"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended 119 119 that SIGKILL (-9) <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be used, except as a last 120 120 resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state. … … 130 130 are no longer used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow 131 131 transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running 132 at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24930"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of133 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24940"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>132 at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300213"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 133 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300223"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 134 134 <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the Internet 135 135 RFC's <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>. 136 136 In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 137 137 as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> 138 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25013"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities138 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300296"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 139 139 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 140 140 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmblookup.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS 2 names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82793"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names2 names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290857"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names 3 3 and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP 4 4 queries. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a 5 5 particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine. All queries 6 are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83377"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking6 are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258955"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking 7 7 up the NetBIOS name <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> with a 8 8 type of <code class="constant">0x1d</code>. If <em class="replaceable"><code> … … 89 89 by appending '#<type>' to the name. This name may also be 90 90 '*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast 91 area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324678"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query91 area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299978"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query 92 92 a WINS server (in the same way <code class="literal">nslookup</code> is 93 93 used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server, <code class="literal">nmblookup</code> 94 94 must be called like this:</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U server -R 'name'</code></p><p>For example, running :</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U samba.org -R 'IRIX#1B'</code></p><p>would query the WINS server samba.org for the domain 95 master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24723"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of96 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24734"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324765"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities95 master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300023"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 96 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300034"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300065"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 97 97 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 98 98 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83753"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258193"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates 2 2 users using NT/LM authentication. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated 3 3 successfully and 1 if access was denied. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access … … 6 6 <a class="ulink" href="http://www.squid-cache.org/" target="_top">Squid</a> 7 7 and <a class="ulink" href="http://download.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/lorikeet/trunk/mod_ntlm_winbind/" target="_top">mod_ntlm_winbind</a>) 8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82750"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p>8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290812"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p> 9 9 The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be operational 10 10 for many of these commands to function.</p><p>Some of these commands also require access to the directory … … 13 13 this command as root or providing group access 14 14 to the <code class="filename">winbindd_privileged</code> directory. For 15 security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82790"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p>15 security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290853"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p> 16 16 Operate as a stdio-based helper. Valid helper protocols are: 17 17 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">squid-2.4-basic</span></dt><dd><p> … … 66 66 the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded.</div><dl><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The username, expected to be in 67 67 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a>. 68 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 83022"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id283027"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in68 </p><div class="example"><a name="id258316"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id258321"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in 69 69 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a>. 70 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 83053"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id283057"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in70 </p><div class="example"><a name="id258347"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id258352"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in 71 71 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a> and qualified with the 72 72 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR">winbind separator</a>. 73 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 83094"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id324564"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value,73 </p><div class="example"><a name="id299860"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id299864"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value, 74 74 generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as 75 75 MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and 76 76 the client. 77 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 324585"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value,77 </p><div class="example"><a name="id299886"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value, 78 78 calculated from the user's password and the supplied 79 79 <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>. Typically, this 80 80 is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. 81 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 324612"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The >= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code>81 </p><div class="example"><a name="id299913"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The >= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code> 82 82 calculated from the user's password and the supplied 83 83 <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>. Typically, this is 84 84 provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. 85 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 324640"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password. This would be85 </p><div class="example"><a name="id299940"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password. This would be 86 86 provided by a network client, if the helper is being 87 87 used in a legacy situation that exposes plaintext 88 88 passwords in this way. 89 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 324657"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id324662"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return89 </p><div class="example"><a name="id299957"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id299962"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return 90 90 the user session key associated with the login. 91 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 324678"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return91 </p><div class="example"><a name="id299978"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return 92 92 the LANMAN session key associated with the login. 93 </p><div class="example"><a name="id 324694"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p>93 </p><div class="example"><a name="id299994"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p> 94 94 Specify username of user to authenticate 95 95 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--domain=DOMAIN</span></dt><dd><p> … … 129 129 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 130 130 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24948"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300248"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and 132 132 NTLMSSP authentication, the following 133 133 should be placed in the <code class="filename">squid.conf</code> file. … … 145 145 auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users' 146 146 auth_param basic program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-basic --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users' 147 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24997"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running147 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300297"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running 148 148 under MS Windows 9X or Millenium Edition against ntlm_auth's NTLMSSP authentication 149 149 helper (--helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp), then please read 150 150 <a class="ulink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q239/8/69.ASP" target="_top"> 151 151 the Microsoft Knowledge Base article #239869 and follow instructions described there</a>. 152 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25015"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba153 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25025"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities152 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300315"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 153 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300325"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 154 154 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 155 155 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pam_winbind.7.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315537"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258741"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p> 2 2 pam_winbind is a PAM module that can authenticate users against the local domain by talking to the Winbind daemon. 3 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83737"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>3 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258178"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 4 4 5 5 pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in … … 56 56 57 57 58 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82887"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282921"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282931"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>58 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259014"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259049"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259059"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 59 59 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by 60 60 the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pdbedit.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-t, --password-from-stdin] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control] [-y]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83425"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-t, --password-from-stdin] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control] [-y]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259003"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts 2 2 stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.</p><p>The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is 3 3 independent from the kind of users database used (currently there … … 5 5 without changing the tool).</p><p>There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account, 6 6 removing a user account, modifing a user account, listing user 7 accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82907"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts7 accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259036"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts 8 8 present in the users database. 9 9 This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by … … 145 145 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 146 146 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 147 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25150"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325160"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of148 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25170"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325192"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities147 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300451"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300461"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 148 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300471"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300494"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 149 149 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 150 150 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/profiles.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files 2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83760"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that 3 3 reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files. It currently only 4 4 supports NT. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82744"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages.5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290806"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages. 6 6 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c SID1 -n SID2</span></dt><dd><p>Change all occurences of SID1 in <code class="filename">file</code> by SID2. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83361"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba9 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83371"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258937"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 9 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258947"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 10 10 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 11 11 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/rpcclient.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient — tool for executing client side 2 MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed2 MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290842"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed 3 3 to test MS-RPC functionality in Samba itself. It has undergone 4 4 several stages of development and stability. Many system administrators 5 5 have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from 6 their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83364"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect.6 their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258941"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect. 7 7 The server can be any SMB/CIFS server. The name is 8 8 resolved using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order</a> line from <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed … … 90 90 the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> manual page for the list of valid 91 91 options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 92 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324654"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324659"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list92 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299954"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299960"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list 93 93 of SIDs to usernames. 94 94 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list 95 95 of usernames to SIDs. 96 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 24773"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324838"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324863"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324902"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325039"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]</span></dt><dd><p>96 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300074"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300139"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300163"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300203"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300339"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]</span></dt><dd><p> 97 97 Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver 98 98 information on the server. Note that the driver files should … … 179 179 <code class="literal">enumdrivers</code> commands for obtaining a list of 180 180 of installed printers and drivers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">addform</span></dt><dd><p>Add form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setform</span></dt><dd><p>Set form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getform</span></dt><dd><p>Get form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deleteform</span></dt><dd><p>Delete form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumforms</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinter</span></dt><dd><p>Set printer comment</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinterdata</span></dt><dd><p>Set REG_SZ printer data</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprintername <printername> 181 <newprintername></span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id3 25391"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325449"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current181 <newprintername></span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300692"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300750"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current 182 182 debug level used to log information.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">help (?)</span></dt><dd><p>Print a listing of all 183 183 known commands or extended help on a particular command. 184 184 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit (exit)</span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">rpcclient 185 </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25488"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool185 </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300789"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool 186 186 and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing). 187 187 It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid … … 196 196 the developers are sending reports to Microsoft, and problems found 197 197 or reported to Microsoft are fixed in Service Packs, which may 198 result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25537"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba199 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25547"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities198 result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300838"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 199 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300848"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 200 200 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 201 201 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/samba.7.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83742"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258167"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs 2 2 that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated 3 3 as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes … … 64 64 mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux. 65 65 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbcquotas.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcquotas</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> is a tool that 66 can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24751"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each66 can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300036"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each 67 67 component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly 68 68 recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba … … 73 73 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> and 74 74 explore the many option available to you. 75 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24778"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the75 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300062"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the 76 76 GNU Public License(GPL). A copy of that license should 77 77 have come with the package in the file COPYING. You are … … 87 87 or Konqueror) then you will also find lots of useful information, 88 88 including back issues of the Samba mailing list, at 89 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24815"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the90 Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24825"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project,89 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300099"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the 90 Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300109"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project, 91 91 then I suggest you join the Samba mailing list at 92 92 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>. … … 94 94 <a class="ulink" href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org/</a> 95 95 for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches 96 in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24855"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous96 in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300139"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous 97 97 to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba 98 98 users. To see a full list, look at the … … 102 102 for the contributors to Samba post-CVS. CVS is the Open Source 103 103 source code control system used by the Samba Team to develop 104 Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24879"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities104 Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300163"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 105 105 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 106 106 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315538"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258742"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p> 2 2 The <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is a configuration file for the Samba suite. <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The 3 3 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is designed to be configured and administered by the … … 27 27 which may be given as yes/no, 0/1 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved 28 28 in string values. Some items such as create masks are numeric. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82776"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p>29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290840"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p> 30 30 Each section in the configuration file (except for the [global] section) describes a shared resource (known as 31 31 a “<span class="quote">share</span>”). The section name is the name of the shared resource and the parameters within the … … 70 70 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok = yes</a> 71 71 </pre><p> 72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83054"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id283060"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p>72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259036"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id259041"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p> 73 73 Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are defaults for sections that do not 74 74 specifically define certain items. See the notes under PARAMETERS for more information. … … 161 161 <code class="literal">printcap name = lpstat</code> to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the 162 162 <code class="literal">printcap name</code> option for more details. 163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324680"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299983"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete 164 164 their own share definitions has been added. This capability is called <span class="emphasis"><em>usershares</em></span> and 165 165 is controlled by a set of parameters in the [global] section of the smb.conf. … … 185 185 to the global 186 186 section of your <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares 187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24875"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p>187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300177"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p> 188 188 Some parameters are specific to the [global] section (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span>). Some parameters 189 189 are usable in all sections (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>create mask</em></span>). All others are permissible only in normal … … 197 197 find them! Where there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the preferred 198 198 synonym. 199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24914"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p>199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300216"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p> 200 200 Many of the strings that are settable in the config file can take substitutions. For example the option 201 201 “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/%u</span>” is interpreted as “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/john</span>” if the user connected with the … … 306 306 If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the <code class="literal">guest account 307 307 =</code> for the service, irrespective of the supplied password. 308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25539"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325549"></a>308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300842"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id300851"></a> 309 309 310 310 abort shutdown script (G) 311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 25550"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id300852"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that 312 312 should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT">shutdown script</a>.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 313 313 right, this command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code> … … 315 315 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/sbin/shutdown -c</code> 316 316 </em></span> 317 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 25623"></a>317 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id300926"></a> 318 318 319 319 acl check permissions (S) 320 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 25624"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete"320 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id300927"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" 321 321 from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they 322 322 expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by … … 338 338 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl check permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 339 339 </em></span> 340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2 82494"></a>340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id257823"></a> 341 341 342 342 acl compatibility (S) 343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2 82495"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id257824"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should 344 344 be compatible with. Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>winnt</em></span> for Windows NT 4, 345 345 <span class="emphasis"><em>win2k</em></span> for Windows 2000 and above and <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>. … … 350 350 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl compatibility</code></em> = <code class="literal">win2k</code> 351 351 </em></span> 352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 25826"></a>352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301129"></a> 353 353 354 354 acl group control (S) 355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 25828"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301130"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 356 356 In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions 357 357 and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the … … 374 374 ownership from the containing directory. 375 375 </p><p> 376 This is parameter has been marked deprecated in Samba 3.0.23. The same behavior is now 377 implemented by the <em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> option. 376 This is parameter has been was deprecated in Samba 3.0.23, but re-activated in 377 Samba 3.0.31 and above, as it now only controls permission changes if the user 378 is in the owning primary group. It is now no longer equivalent to the 379 <em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> option. 378 380 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl group control</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 379 381 </em></span> 380 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 25907"></a>382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301210"></a> 381 383 382 384 acl map full control (S) 383 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 25908"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301211"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 384 386 This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum 385 387 allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX … … 389 391 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl map full control</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 390 392 </em></span> 391 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 25954"></a>393 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301258"></a> 392 394 393 395 add group script (G) 394 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 25956"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>396 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301259"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 395 397 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It 396 398 will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. This script is only useful … … 402 404 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/groupadd %g</code> 403 405 </em></span> 404 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26025"></a>406 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301329"></a> 405 407 406 408 add machine script (G) 407 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26026"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>409 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301330"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 408 410 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by 409 411 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is … … 416 418 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u</code> 417 419 </em></span> 418 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26098"></a>420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301402"></a> 419 421 420 422 add port command (G) 421 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26100"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301403"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports 422 424 remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard". 423 425 This option defines an external program to be executed when … … 428 430 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh</code> 429 431 </em></span> 430 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26178"></a>432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301482"></a> 431 433 432 434 add printer command (G) 433 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26179"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301483"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing 434 436 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add 435 437 Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the … … 460 462 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add printer command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/addprinter</code> 461 463 </em></span> 462 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26348"></a>464 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301651"></a> 463 465 464 466 add share command (G) 465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26349"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>467 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301652"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 466 468 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 467 469 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an external program … … 490 492 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code> 491 493 </em></span> 492 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26523"></a>494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id301826"></a> 493 495 494 496 add user script (G) 495 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26524"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id301827"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 496 498 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by 497 499 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 528 530 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</code> 529 531 </em></span> 530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26711"></a>532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302015"></a> 531 533 532 534 add user to group script (G) 533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26712"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302016"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 534 536 Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration 535 537 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 543 545 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user to group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</code> 544 546 </em></span> 545 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26794"></a>547 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302098"></a> 546 548 547 549 admin users (S) 548 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26795"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted550 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302099"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted 549 551 administrative privileges on the share. This means that they 550 552 will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in … … 555 557 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal">jason</code> 556 558 </em></span> 557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26862"></a>559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302166"></a> 558 560 559 561 afs share (S) 560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26864"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302167"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled 561 563 for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via 562 564 the <em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> parameter is a local AFS import. The … … 565 567 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 566 568 </em></span> 567 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26907"></a>569 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302211"></a> 568 570 569 571 afs username map (G) 570 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26908"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might572 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302212"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might 571 573 want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for. 572 574 For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain … … 578 580 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">%u@afs.samba.org</code> 579 581 </em></span> 580 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 26966"></a>582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302269"></a> 581 583 582 584 aio read size (S) 583 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 26967"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302270"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 584 586 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 585 587 Samba will read from file asynchronously when size of request is bigger … … 592 594 request size</code> 593 595 </em></span> 594 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27045"></a>596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302349"></a> 595 597 596 598 aio write size (S) 597 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27046"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302350"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 598 600 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 599 601 Samba will write to file asynchronously when size of request is bigger … … 606 608 request size</code> 607 609 </em></span> 608 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27124"></a>610 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302428"></a> 609 611 610 612 algorithmic rid base (G) 611 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27125"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its613 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302429"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its 612 614 algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct 613 615 NT Security Identifiers. … … 624 626 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">100000</code> 625 627 </em></span> 626 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27189"></a>628 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302493"></a> 627 629 628 630 allocation roundup size (S) 629 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27190"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the631 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302494"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the 630 632 allocation size reported to Windows clients. The default 631 633 size of 1Mb generally results in improved Windows client … … 639 641 # (to disable roundups)</code> 640 642 </em></span> 641 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27249"></a>643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302553"></a> 642 644 643 645 allow trusted domains (G) 644 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27250"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302554"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 645 647 This option only takes effect when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> option is set to 646 648 <code class="constant">server</code>, <code class="constant">domain</code> or <code class="constant">ads</code>. … … 657 659 can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>allow trusted domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 658 660 </em></span> 659 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27313"></a>661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302616"></a> 660 662 661 663 announce as (G) 662 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27314"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302617"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse 663 665 list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options 664 666 are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), … … 672 674 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce as</code></em> = <code class="literal">Win95</code> 673 675 </em></span> 674 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27382"></a>676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302685"></a> 675 677 676 678 announce version (G) 677 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27383"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302686"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers 678 680 that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default 679 681 is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific … … 682 684 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce version</code></em> = <code class="literal">2.0</code> 683 685 </em></span> 684 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27436"></a>686 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302740"></a> 685 687 686 688 auth methods (G) 687 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27438"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>689 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302741"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 688 690 This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods <code class="literal">smbd</code> 689 691 will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a>. … … 706 708 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>auth methods</code></em> = <code class="literal">guest sam winbind</code> 707 709 </em></span> 708 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27532"></a>710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302836"></a> 709 711 710 712 available (S) 711 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27533"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302837"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If 712 714 <em class="parameter"><code>available = no</code></em>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> 713 715 attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are 714 716 logged.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>available</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 715 717 </em></span> 716 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27578"></a>718 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id302882"></a> 717 719 718 720 bind interfaces only (G) 719 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27579"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin721 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id302883"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin 720 722 to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It 721 723 affects file service <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p> … … 758 760 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>bind interfaces only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 759 761 </em></span> 760 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27875"></a>762 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303179"></a> 761 763 762 764 blocking locks (S) 763 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27876"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior765 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303180"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior 764 766 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client 765 767 to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the … … 772 774 cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>blocking locks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 773 775 </em></span> 774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 27934"></a>776 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303237"></a> 775 777 776 778 block size (S) 777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 27935"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free779 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303238"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free 778 780 sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. 779 781 </p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the … … 789 791 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>block size</code></em> = <code class="literal">4096</code> 790 792 </em></span> 791 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328005"></a><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328006"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328031"></a> 793 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303309"></a> 794 795 <a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable 796 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303310"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303335"></a> 792 797 793 798 browseable (S) 794 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28032"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in799 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303336"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in 795 800 the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browseable</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 796 801 </em></span> 797 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28068"></a>802 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303373"></a> 798 803 799 804 browse list (G) 800 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28070"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to805 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303374"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to 801 806 a client doing a <code class="literal">NetServerEnum</code> call. Normally 802 807 set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. You should never need to change 803 808 this.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browse list</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 804 809 </em></span> 805 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328121"></a><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328122"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328146"></a> 810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303426"></a> 811 812 <a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames 813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303427"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303452"></a> 806 814 807 815 case sensitive (S) 808 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28147"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>809 </em></span> 810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28190"></a>816 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303453"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 817 </em></span> 818 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303496"></a> 811 819 812 820 change notify (S) 813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28191"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply821 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303497"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply 814 822 to a client's file change notify requests. 815 823 </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 816 824 </em></span> 817 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28231"></a>825 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303537"></a> 818 826 819 827 change share command (G) 820 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28232"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303538"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 821 829 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 822 830 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 849 857 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code> 850 858 </em></span> 851 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28401"></a>859 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303706"></a> 852 860 853 861 check password script (G) 854 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28402"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password862 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303707"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password 855 863 complexity. The password is sent to the program's standrad input.</p><p>The program must return 0 on good password any other value otherwise. 856 864 In case the password is considered weak (the program do not return 0) the … … 860 868 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">check password script = /usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code> 861 869 </em></span> 862 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28464"></a>870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303770"></a> 863 871 864 872 client lanman auth (G) 865 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28465"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303771"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client 866 874 tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the 867 875 weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT … … 874 882 attempted.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 875 883 </em></span> 876 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28533"></a>884 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303839"></a> 877 885 878 886 client ntlmv2 auth (G) 879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28534"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to887 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303840"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 880 888 authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password 881 889 response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more … … 889 897 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ntlmv2 auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 890 898 </em></span> 891 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28613"></a>899 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303919"></a> 892 900 893 901 client plaintext auth (G) 894 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28614"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext902 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303920"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext 895 903 password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client plaintext auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 896 904 </em></span> 897 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28651"></a>905 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303956"></a> 898 906 899 907 client schannel (G) 900 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28652"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>908 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id303958"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 901 909 This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 902 910 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL">client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, … … 908 916 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 909 917 </em></span> 910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28727"></a>918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304032"></a> 911 919 912 920 client signing (G) 913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28728"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304033"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires 914 922 the server it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values 915 923 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> … … 920 928 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 921 929 </em></span> 922 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28779"></a>930 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304085"></a> 923 931 924 932 client use spnego (G) 925 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28780"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try933 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304086"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 926 934 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 927 935 supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba … … 929 937 mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 930 938 </em></span> 931 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28818"></a>939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304124"></a> 932 940 933 941 comment (S) 934 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28820"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304125"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 935 943 when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 936 944 neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares … … 941 949 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code> 942 950 </em></span> 943 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28889"></a>951 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304195"></a> 944 952 945 953 config file (G) 946 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28890"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file954 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304196"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 947 955 to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>). 948 956 There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set … … 954 962 clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code> 955 963 </em></span> 956 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 28950"></a>964 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304255"></a> 957 965 958 966 copy (S) 959 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 28951"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304256"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 960 968 entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 961 969 current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current … … 967 975 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code> 968 976 </em></span> 969 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329008"></a><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329009"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329034"></a> 977 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304314"></a> 978 979 <a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode 980 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304315"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304340"></a> 970 981 971 982 create mask (S) 972 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29035"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304341"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 973 984 When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to 974 985 UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may … … 991 1002 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 992 1003 </em></span> 993 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29141"></a>1004 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304448"></a> 994 1005 995 1006 csc policy (S) 996 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29142"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1007 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304449"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 997 1008 This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline 998 1009 caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. … … 1006 1017 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code> 1007 1018 </em></span> 1008 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29213"></a>1019 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304520"></a> 1009 1020 1010 1021 cups options (S) 1011 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29214"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1022 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304521"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1012 1023 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is 1013 1024 set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. Its value is a free form string of options … … 1031 1042 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code> 1032 1043 </em></span> 1033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29303"></a>1044 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304610"></a> 1034 1045 1035 1046 cups server (G) 1036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29304"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1047 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304611"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1037 1048 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1038 1049 </p><p> … … 1048 1059 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code> 1049 1060 </em></span> 1050 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29395"></a>1061 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304702"></a> 1051 1062 1052 1063 deadtime (G) 1053 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29396"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)1064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304703"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 1054 1065 represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection 1055 1066 is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes … … 1063 1074 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 1064 1075 </em></span> 1065 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29467"></a>1076 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304774"></a> 1066 1077 1067 1078 debug hires timestamp (G) 1068 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29468"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1079 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304775"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1069 1080 Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 1070 1081 boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. … … 1073 1084 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug hires timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1074 1085 </em></span> 1075 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29516"></a>1086 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304823"></a> 1076 1087 1077 1088 debug pid (G) 1078 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29517"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1089 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304824"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1079 1090 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 1080 1091 message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the … … 1084 1095 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1085 1096 </em></span> 1086 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29573"></a>1097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304880"></a> 1087 1098 1088 1099 debug prefix timestamp (G) 1089 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29574"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304881"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1090 1101 With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the 1091 1102 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> … … 1095 1106 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1096 1107 </em></span> 1097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329630"></a><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329631"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329655"></a> 1108 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304937"></a> 1109 1110 <a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs 1111 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304938"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304963"></a> 1098 1112 1099 1113 debug timestamp (G) 1100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29656"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1114 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id304964"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1101 1115 Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high 1102 1116 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This … … 1104 1118 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1105 1119 </em></span> 1106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29701"></a>1120 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305009"></a> 1107 1121 1108 1122 debug uid (G) 1109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29702"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1123 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305010"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1110 1124 Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 1111 1125 current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. … … 1114 1128 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1115 1129 </em></span> 1116 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29750"></a>1130 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305058"></a> 1117 1131 1118 1132 default case (S) 1119 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29751"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.1133 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305059"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>. 1120 1134 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 1121 1135 </em></span> 1122 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29801"></a>1136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305109"></a> 1123 1137 1124 1138 default devmode (S) 1125 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29802"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable</a> services.1139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305110"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable</a> services. 1126 1140 When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba 1127 1141 server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and … … 1146 1160 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1147 1161 </em></span> 1148 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329880"></a><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329881"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329905"></a> 1162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305184"></a> 1163 1164 <a name="DEFAULT"></a>default 1165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305185"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305211"></a> 1149 1166 1150 1167 default service (G) 1151 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29906"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service1168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305212"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 1152 1169 which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot 1153 1170 be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 1163 1180 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code> 1164 1181 </em></span> 1165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 29998"></a>1182 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305303"></a> 1166 1183 1167 1184 defer sharing violations (G) 1168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 29999"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1185 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305304"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1169 1186 Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with 1170 1187 other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when … … 1179 1196 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>defer sharing violations</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 1180 1197 </em></span> 1181 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30046"></a>1198 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305352"></a> 1182 1199 1183 1200 delete group script (G) 1184 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30048"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1201 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305353"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1185 1202 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1186 1203 It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. … … 1188 1205 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1189 1206 </em></span> 1190 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30101"></a>1207 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305406"></a> 1191 1208 1192 1209 deleteprinter command (G) 1193 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30102"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer1210 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305407"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1194 1211 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 1195 1212 possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the … … 1209 1226 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code> 1210 1227 </em></span> 1211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30216"></a>1228 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305522"></a> 1212 1229 1213 1230 delete readonly (S) 1214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30217"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.1231 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305523"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1215 1232 This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such 1216 1233 as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 1217 1234 permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1218 1235 </em></span> 1219 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30259"></a>1236 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305564"></a> 1220 1237 1221 1238 delete share command (G) 1222 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30260"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1239 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305566"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1223 1240 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 1224 1241 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 1244 1261 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code> 1245 1262 </em></span> 1246 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30402"></a>1263 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305708"></a> 1247 1264 1248 1265 delete user from group script (G) 1249 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30403"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when1266 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305709"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1250 1267 a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 1251 1268 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. … … 1256 1273 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code> 1257 1274 </em></span> 1258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30476"></a>1275 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305782"></a> 1259 1276 1260 1277 delete user script (G) 1261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30477"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1278 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305783"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1262 1279 be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1263 1280 with remote RPC (NT) tools. … … 1268 1285 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code> 1269 1286 </em></span> 1270 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30549"></a>1287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305854"></a> 1271 1288 1272 1289 delete veto files (S) 1273 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30550"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to1290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305855"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1274 1291 delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 1275 1292 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES">veto files</a> … … 1285 1302 is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1286 1303 </em></span> 1287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30624"></a>1304 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305930"></a> 1288 1305 1289 1306 dfree cache time (S) 1290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30626"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1307 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305931"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1291 1308 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem 1292 1309 occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur … … 1301 1318 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code> 1302 1319 </em></span> 1303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30690"></a>1320 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305995"></a> 1304 1321 1305 1322 dfree command (S) 1306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30691"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1323 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id305996"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1307 1324 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a 1308 1325 problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may … … 1342 1359 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code> 1343 1360 </em></span> 1344 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330797"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330798"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330822"></a> 1361 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306102"></a> 1362 1363 <a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode 1364 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306103"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306128"></a> 1345 1365 1346 1366 directory mask (S) 1347 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30823"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are1367 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306129"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1348 1368 used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 1349 1369 directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are … … 1363 1383 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1364 1384 </em></span> 1365 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30915"></a>1385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306221"></a> 1366 1386 1367 1387 directory security mask (S) 1368 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30916"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits1388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306222"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1369 1389 will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1370 1390 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog … … 1386 1406 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code> 1387 1407 </em></span> 1388 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31003"></a>1408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306310"></a> 1389 1409 1390 1410 disable netbios (G) 1391 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31004"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support1411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306311"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1392 1412 in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 1393 1413 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to … … 1395 1415 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1396 1416 </em></span> 1397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31047"></a>1417 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306353"></a> 1398 1418 1399 1419 disable spoolss (G) 1400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31048"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support1420 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306354"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1401 1421 for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior 1402 1422 as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using … … 1410 1430 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1411 1431 </em></span> 1412 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31092"></a>1432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306398"></a> 1413 1433 1414 1434 display charset (G) 1415 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31093"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306399"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1416 1436 Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. 1417 1437 The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the … … 1422 1442 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code> 1423 1443 </em></span> 1424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31154"></a>1444 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306460"></a> 1425 1445 1426 1446 dmapi support (S) 1427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31155"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to1447 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306461"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1428 1448 determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically 1429 1449 be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that … … 1440 1460 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1441 1461 </em></span> 1442 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31207"></a>1462 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306513"></a> 1443 1463 1444 1464 dns proxy (G) 1445 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31208"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and1465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306514"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1446 1466 finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the 1447 1467 NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server … … 1452 1472 action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1453 1473 </em></span> 1454 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31266"></a>1474 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306572"></a> 1455 1475 1456 1476 domain logons (G) 1457 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31267"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1477 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306574"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1458 1478 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will 1459 1479 provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the … … 1465 1485 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1466 1486 </em></span> 1467 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31316"></a>1487 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306623"></a> 1468 1488 1469 1489 domain master (G) 1470 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31317"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1490 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306624"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1471 1491 Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1472 1492 WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a … … 1494 1514 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1495 1515 </em></span> 1496 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31483"></a>1516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306789"></a> 1497 1517 1498 1518 dont descend (S) 1499 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31484"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems1519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306790"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1500 1520 (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not 1501 1521 of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This … … 1508 1528 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code> 1509 1529 </em></span> 1510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31557"></a>1530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306863"></a> 1511 1531 1512 1532 dos charset (G) 1513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31558"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has1533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306864"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1514 1534 the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 1515 1535 charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. 1516 1536 </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. 1517 1537 Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 1518 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31596"></a>1538 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306902"></a> 1519 1539 1520 1540 dos filemode (S) 1521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31597"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide1522 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1541 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306903"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1542 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1523 1543 able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior 1524 is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter 1525 allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever 1526 means) to modify the permissions (including ACL) on it. Note that a user 1527 belonging to the group owning the file will not be allowed to 1528 change permissions if the group is only granted read access. 1529 Ownership of the file/directory may also be changed.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1530 </em></span> 1531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331637"></a> 1544 is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter 1545 allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever 1546 means, including an ACL permission) to modify the permissions 1547 (including ACL) on it. Note that a user belonging to the group 1548 owning the file will not be allowed to change permissions if 1549 the group is only granted read access. Ownership of the 1550 file/directory may also be changed.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1551 </em></span> 1552 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306944"></a> 1532 1553 1533 1554 dos filetime resolution (S) 1534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31638"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest1555 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306945"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1535 1556 granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 1536 1557 for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the … … 1547 1568 happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1548 1569 </em></span> 1549 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31693"></a>1570 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306999"></a> 1550 1571 1551 1572 dos filetimes (S) 1552 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31694"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a1573 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307000"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1553 1574 file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 1554 1575 only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By … … 1564 1585 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1565 1586 </em></span> 1566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31752"></a>1587 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307058"></a> 1567 1588 1568 1589 ea support (S) 1569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31753"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended1590 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307060"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1570 1591 attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by 1571 1592 the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the … … 1574 1595 extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1575 1596 </em></span> 1576 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31800"></a>1597 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307107"></a> 1577 1598 1578 1599 enable asu support (G) 1579 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31801"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product1600 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307108"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1580 1601 require some special accomodations such as creating a builting [ADMIN$] 1581 1602 share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default … … 1585 1606 an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1586 1607 </em></span> 1587 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31841"></a>1608 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307148"></a> 1588 1609 1589 1610 enable privileges (G) 1590 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31842"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1611 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307149"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1591 1612 This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either 1592 1613 <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is … … 1601 1622 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1602 1623 </em></span> 1603 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31896"></a>1624 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307203"></a> 1604 1625 1605 1626 encrypt passwords (G) 1606 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31897"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords1627 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307204"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1607 1628 will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 1608 1629 above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords … … 1627 1648 server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1628 1649 </em></span> 1629 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31987"></a>1650 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307293"></a> 1630 1651 1631 1652 enhanced browsing (G) 1632 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31988"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to1653 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307294"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 1633 1654 cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 1634 1655 but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. … … 1643 1664 cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1644 1665 </em></span> 1645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32041"></a>1666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307348"></a> 1646 1667 1647 1668 enumports command (G) 1648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32042"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign1669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307349"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 1649 1670 to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port 1650 1671 is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of … … 1663 1684 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code> 1664 1685 </em></span> 1665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32116"></a>1686 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307422"></a> 1666 1687 1667 1688 eventlog list (G) 1668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32117"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will1689 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307423"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 1669 1690 report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed 1670 1691 eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the … … 1679 1700 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code> 1680 1701 </em></span> 1681 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32185"></a>1702 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307491"></a> 1682 1703 1683 1704 fake directory create times (S) 1684 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32186"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create1705 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307492"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 1685 1706 time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 1686 1707 ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default … … 1704 1725 will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1705 1726 </em></span> 1706 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32240"></a>1727 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307546"></a> 1707 1728 1708 1729 fake oplocks (S) 1709 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32241"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission1730 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307547"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 1710 1731 from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 1711 1732 an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume … … 1723 1744 this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1724 1745 </em></span> 1725 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32314"></a>1746 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307624"></a> 1726 1747 1727 1748 follow symlinks (S) 1728 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32315"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1749 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307625"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1729 1750 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 1730 1751 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being … … 1736 1757 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1737 1758 </em></span> 1738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32379"></a>1759 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307689"></a> 1739 1760 1740 1761 force create mode (S) 1741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32380"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit1762 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307690"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1742 1763 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a 1743 1764 file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto … … 1752 1773 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1753 1774 </em></span> 1754 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32448"></a>1775 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307758"></a> 1755 1776 1756 1777 force directory mode (S) 1757 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32450"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit1778 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307760"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1758 1779 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory 1759 1780 created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the … … 1768 1789 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1769 1790 </em></span> 1770 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32518"></a>1791 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307828"></a> 1771 1792 1772 1793 force directory security mode (S) 1773 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32519"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1794 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307829"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1774 1795 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 1775 1796 the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. … … 1792 1813 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 1793 1814 </em></span> 1794 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332602"></a><a name="GROUP"></a>group</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332603"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332627"></a> 1815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307912"></a> 1816 1817 <a name="GROUP"></a>group 1818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307913"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307938"></a> 1795 1819 1796 1820 force group (S) 1797 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32628"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be1821 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307939"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 1798 1822 assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 1799 1823 to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring … … 1819 1843 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code> 1820 1844 </em></span> 1821 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32718"></a>1845 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308029"></a> 1822 1846 1823 1847 force printername (S) 1824 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32719"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),1848 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308030"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 1825 1849 each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two 1826 1850 associated names which can be used by the client. The first … … 1845 1869 folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1846 1870 </em></span> 1847 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32792"></a>1871 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308103"></a> 1848 1872 1849 1873 force security mode (S) 1850 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32793"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1874 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308104"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1851 1875 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 1852 1876 the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 1868 1892 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 1869 1893 </em></span> 1870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32876"></a>1894 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308187"></a> 1871 1895 1872 1896 force unknown acl user (S) 1873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32877"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1897 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308188"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1874 1898 If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or 1875 1899 representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently … … 1885 1909 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1886 1910 </em></span> 1887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32929"></a>1911 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308238"></a> 1888 1912 1889 1913 force user (S) 1890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32930"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be1914 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308239"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 1891 1915 assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 1892 1916 This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully … … 1902 1926 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code> 1903 1927 </em></span> 1904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 32994"></a>1928 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308303"></a> 1905 1929 1906 1930 fstype (S) 1907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 32995"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1931 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308304"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1908 1932 This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 1909 1933 is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 1915 1939 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code> 1916 1940 </em></span> 1917 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33067"></a>1941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308376"></a> 1918 1942 1919 1943 get quota command (G) 1920 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33068"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used1944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308377"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 1921 1945 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 1922 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available with <code class="literal">./configure --with-sys-quotas</code>. 1923 Or on linux when <code class="literal">./configure --with-quotas</code> was used and a working quota api 1946 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the 1947 <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> option or on Linux with 1948 <code class="literal">--with-quotas</code> and a working quota api 1924 1949 was found in the system.</p><p>This parameter should specify the path to a script that 1925 1950 queries the quota information for the specified … … 1930 1955 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/query_quota</code> 1931 1956 </em></span> 1932 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33230"></a>1957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308538"></a> 1933 1958 1934 1959 getwd cache (G) 1935 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33231"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a1960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308539"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 1936 1961 caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() 1937 1962 calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially 1938 1963 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1939 1964 </em></span> 1940 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33279"></a>1965 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308587"></a> 1941 1966 1942 1967 guest account (G) 1943 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33280"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access1968 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308588"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 1944 1969 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this 1945 1970 user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. … … 1959 1984 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest account</code></em> = <code class="literal">ftp</code> 1960 1985 </em></span> 1961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333368"></a><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333369"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333393"></a> 1986 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308676"></a> 1987 1988 <a name="PUBLIC"></a>public 1989 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308678"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308703"></a> 1962 1990 1963 1991 guest ok (S) 1964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33394"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for1992 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308704"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 1965 1993 a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 1966 1994 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting … … 1969 1997 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1970 1998 </em></span> 1971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333462"></a><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333463"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333487"></a> 1999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308772"></a> 2000 2001 <a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest 2002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308773"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308798"></a> 1972 2003 1973 2004 guest only (S) 1974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33488"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2005 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308799"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 1975 2006 a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 1976 2007 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> for more information about this option. 1977 2008 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1978 2009 </em></span> 1979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33546"></a>2010 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308857"></a> 1980 2011 1981 2012 hide dot files (S) 1982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33547"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether2013 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308858"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 1983 2014 files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1984 2015 </em></span> 1985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33584"></a>2016 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308895"></a> 1986 2017 1987 2018 hide files (S) 1988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33585"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not2019 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308896"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not 1989 2020 visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied 1990 2021 to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', … … 2008 2039 # no file are hidden</code> 2009 2040 </em></span> 2010 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33659"></a>2041 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308970"></a> 2011 2042 2012 2043 hide special files (S) 2013 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33660"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2044 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308971"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2014 2045 This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and 2015 2046 fifo's in directory listings. 2016 2047 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide special files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2017 2048 </em></span> 2018 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33697"></a>2049 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309008"></a> 2019 2050 2020 2051 hide unreadable (S) 2021 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33698"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the2052 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309009"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the 2022 2053 existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2023 2054 </em></span> 2024 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33735"></a>2055 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309046"></a> 2025 2056 2026 2057 hide unwriteable files (S) 2027 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33736"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2058 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309047"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2028 2059 This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. 2029 2060 Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. 2030 2061 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unwriteable files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2031 2062 </em></span> 2032 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33773"></a>2063 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309084"></a> 2033 2064 2034 2065 homedir map (G) 2035 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33774"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2066 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309085"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2036 2067 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR">nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em> 2037 2068 then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. … … 2048 2079 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal">amd.homedir</code> 2049 2080 </em></span> 2050 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33870"></a>2081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309178"></a> 2051 2082 2052 2083 host msdfs (G) 2053 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33871"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309179"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2054 2085 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse 2055 2086 Dfs trees hosted on the server. … … 2059 2090 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>host msdfs</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2060 2091 </em></span> 2061 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 33932"></a>2092 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309234"></a> 2062 2093 2063 2094 hostname lookups (G) 2064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 33933"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)2095 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309236"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) 2065 2096 hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place 2066 2097 where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking … … 2070 2101 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2071 2102 </em></span> 2072 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334002"></a><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334003"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334033"></a> 2103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309305"></a> 2104 2105 <a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts 2106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309306"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309337"></a> 2073 2107 2074 2108 hosts allow (S) 2075 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34034"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited2109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309338"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 2076 2110 set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will 2077 2111 apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual … … 2093 2127 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2094 2128 </em></span> 2095 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334221"></a><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334222"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334251"></a> 2129 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309525"></a> 2130 2131 <a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts 2132 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309526"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309556"></a> 2096 2133 2097 2134 hosts deny (S) 2098 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34252"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>2135 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309557"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 2099 2136 - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to 2100 2137 services unless the specific services have their own lists to override … … 2110 2147 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2111 2148 </em></span> 2112 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 34347"></a>2149 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309652"></a> 2113 2150 2114 2151 idmap alloc backend (G) 2115 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34348"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2152 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309654"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2116 2153 The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2117 2154 when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option is … … 2125 2162 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap alloc backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2126 2163 </em></span> 2127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 34438"></a>2164 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309743"></a> 2128 2165 2129 2166 idmap alloc config (G) 2130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34439"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309744"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2131 2168 The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings 2132 2169 for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND">idmap alloc backend</a> 2133 2170 parameter. Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding 2134 2171 specific configuration details. 2135 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 34478"></a>2172 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309783"></a> 2136 2173 2137 2174 idmap backend (G) 2138 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34479"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2175 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309784"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2139 2176 The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2140 2177 varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. This 2141 2178 option is mutually exclusive with the newer and more flexible 2142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> parameter. 2179 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> parameter. The main difference 2143 2180 between the "idmap backend" and the "idmap domains" 2144 is that the former only allows on backend for all domains while the2181 is that the former only allows one backend for all domains while the 2145 2182 latter supports configuring backends on a per domain basis. 2146 2183 </p><p>Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>), … … 2149 2186 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2150 2187 </em></span> 2151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 34568"></a>2188 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309873"></a> 2152 2189 2153 2190 idmap cache time (G) 2154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34569"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2191 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309874"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2155 2192 idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. 2156 2193 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">900</code> 2157 2194 </em></span> 2158 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 34609"></a>2195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309914"></a> 2159 2196 2160 2197 idmap config (G) 2161 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34610"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309915"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2162 2199 The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each domain 2163 2200 defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> option using Samba's 2164 paramet eric option support. The idmap config prefix should be2201 parametric option support. The idmap config prefix should be 2165 2202 followed by the name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to 2166 the chosen backend. 2203 the chosen backend. There are three options available for all domains: 2167 2204 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">backend = backend_name</span></dt><dd><p> 2168 2205 Specifies the name of the idmap plugin to use as the … … 2179 2216 </p></dd></dl></div><p> 2180 2217 The following example illustrates how to configure the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ad.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ad</span>(8)</span></a> 2181 for the CORP domain and the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a> backend for all other domains. The2182 TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply a key used to reference the "idmap2218 for the CORP domain and the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a> backend for all other domains. The 2219 TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply an arbitrary key used to reference the "idmap 2183 2220 config" settings and does not represent the actual name of a domain. 2221 It is a catchall domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed. 2184 2222 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 2185 2223 idmap domains = CORP TRUSTEDDOMAINS … … 2191 2229 idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:default = yes 2192 2230 idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:range = 1000 - 9999 2193 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 34730"></a>2231 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310035"></a> 2194 2232 2195 2233 idmap domains (G) 2196 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34731"></a><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310036"></a><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2197 2235 The idmap domains option defines a list of Windows domains which will each 2198 2236 have a separately configured backend for managing Winbind's SID/uid/gid … … 2207 2245 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">default AD CORP</code> 2208 2246 </em></span> 2209 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334808"></a><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334809"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334838"></a> 2247 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310113"></a> 2248 2249 <a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid 2250 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310114"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310145"></a> 2210 2251 2211 2252 idmap gid (G) 2212 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34839"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids2253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310146"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids 2213 2254 that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group 2214 2255 SIDs. This range of group ids should have no … … 2219 2260 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2220 2261 </em></span> 2221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 34932"></a>2262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310238"></a> 2222 2263 2223 2264 idmap negative cache time (G) 2224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 34933"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310239"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2225 2266 idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. 2226 2267 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2227 2268 </em></span> 2228 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334974"></a><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334975"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335004"></a> 2269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310280"></a> 2270 2271 <a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid 2272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310281"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310312"></a> 2229 2273 2230 2274 idmap uid (G) 2231 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35005"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2275 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310313"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2232 2276 The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are 2233 2277 allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This … … 2238 2282 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2239 2283 </em></span> 2240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35097"></a>2284 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310404"></a> 2241 2285 2242 2286 include (G) 2243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35098"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2287 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310406"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2244 2288 This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed 2245 2289 in place. … … 2251 2295 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code> 2252 2296 </em></span> 2253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35174"></a>2297 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310482"></a> 2254 2298 2255 2299 inherit acls (S) 2256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35176"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls2300 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310483"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 2257 2301 exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a 2258 2302 new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default … … 2262 2306 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2263 2307 </em></span> 2264 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35218"></a>2308 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310525"></a> 2265 2309 2266 2310 inherit owner (S) 2267 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35219"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories2311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310526"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 2268 2312 is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. 2269 2313 This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that … … 2274 2318 roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2275 2319 </em></span> 2276 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35266"></a>2320 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310573"></a> 2277 2321 2278 2322 inherit permissions (S) 2279 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35267"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2323 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310574"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2280 2324 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>, 2281 2325 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. … … 2289 2333 share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2290 2334 </em></span> 2291 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35403"></a>2335 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310710"></a> 2292 2336 2293 2337 interfaces (G) 2294 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35404"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default2338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310711"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default 2295 2339 network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name 2296 2340 registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query … … 2316 2360 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> = <code class="literal">eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</code> 2317 2361 </em></span> 2318 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35508"></a>2362 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310815"></a> 2319 2363 2320 2364 invalid users (S) 2321 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35509"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed2365 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310816"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 2322 2366 to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span> 2323 2367 check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach … … 2339 2383 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>invalid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">root fred admin @wheel</code> 2340 2384 </em></span> 2341 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35608"></a>2385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310916"></a> 2342 2386 2343 2387 iprint server (G) 2344 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35609"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310917"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2345 2389 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>. 2346 2390 </p><p> … … 2351 2395 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>iprint server</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYCUPSSERVER</code> 2352 2396 </em></span> 2353 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35690"></a>2397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310998"></a> 2354 2398 2355 2399 keepalive (G) 2356 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35692"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents2400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310999"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 2357 2401 the number of seconds between <em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> 2358 2402 packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be … … 2364 2408 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 2365 2409 </em></span> 2366 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35772"></a>2410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311080"></a> 2367 2411 2368 2412 kernel change notify (S) 2369 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35773"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the2413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311081"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 2370 2414 kernel for change notifications in directories so that 2371 2415 SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. … … 2374 2418 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2375 2419 </em></span> 2376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35818"></a>2420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311125"></a> 2377 2421 2378 2422 kernel oplocks (G) 2379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35819"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a>2423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311126"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a> 2380 2424 (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 2381 2425 allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks … … 2387 2431 You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2388 2432 </em></span> 2389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35900"></a>2433 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311208"></a> 2390 2434 2391 2435 lanman auth (G) 2392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35901"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to2436 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311209"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 2393 2437 authenticate users or permit password changes 2394 2438 using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT … … 2407 2451 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2408 2452 </em></span> 2409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 35983"></a>2453 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311291"></a> 2410 2454 2411 2455 large readwrite (G) 2412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 35984"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not2456 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311292"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2413 2457 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2414 2458 streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with … … 2419 2463 tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>large readwrite</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2420 2464 </em></span> 2421 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36035"></a>2465 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311346"></a> 2422 2466 2423 2467 ldap admin dn (G) 2424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36036"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2468 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311347"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2425 2469 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact 2426 2470 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> is used … … 2430 2474 </p><p> 2431 2475 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a>. 2432 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36136"></a>2476 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311447"></a> 2433 2477 2434 2478 ldap delete dn (G) 2435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36137"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete2479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311448"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete 2436 2480 operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes 2437 2481 specific to Samba. 2438 2482 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap delete dn</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2439 2483 </em></span> 2440 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36178"></a>2484 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311489"></a> 2441 2485 2442 2486 ldap group suffix (G) 2443 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36179"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is2487 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311490"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is 2444 2488 used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. 2445 2489 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2448 2492 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code> 2449 2493 </em></span> 2450 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36256"></a>2494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311568"></a> 2451 2495 2452 2496 ldap idmap suffix (G) 2453 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36258"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311569"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2454 2498 This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter 2455 2499 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 2459 2503 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Idmap</code> 2460 2504 </em></span> 2461 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36336"></a>2505 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311647"></a> 2462 2506 2463 2507 ldap machine suffix (G) 2464 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36337"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2508 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311648"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2465 2509 It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of 2466 2510 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2470 2514 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code> 2471 2515 </em></span> 2472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36414"></a>2516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311725"></a> 2473 2517 2474 2518 ldap passwd sync (G) 2475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36415"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311726"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2476 2520 This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT 2477 2521 and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password … … 2484 2528 the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2485 2529 </em></span> 2486 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36509"></a>2530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311821"></a> 2487 2531 2488 2532 ldap replication sleep (G) 2489 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36510"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311822"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2490 2534 When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. 2491 2535 This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, … … 2500 2544 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap replication sleep</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2501 2545 </em></span> 2502 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36564"></a>2546 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311876"></a> 2503 2547 2504 2548 ldapsam:editposix (G) 2505 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36565"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2549 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311877"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2506 2550 Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller 2507 2551 eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option … … 2582 2626 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:editposix</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2583 2627 </em></span> 2584 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36673"></a>2628 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311981"></a> 2585 2629 2586 2630 ldapsam:trusted (G) 2587 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36674"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2631 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311982"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2588 2632 By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to 2589 2633 access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group … … 2603 2647 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:trusted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2604 2648 </em></span> 2605 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36748"></a>2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312056"></a> 2606 2650 2607 2651 ldap ssl (G) 2608 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36750"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312057"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 2609 2653 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server 2610 2654 This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to … … 2620 2664 </li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">start_tls</code> 2621 2665 </em></span> 2622 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36881"></a>2666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312188"></a> 2623 2667 2624 2668 ldap suffix (G) 2625 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36882"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p>2669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312190"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p> 2626 2670 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX">ldap user suffix</a>, 2627 2671 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX">ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the … … 2632 2676 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">dc=samba,dc=org</code> 2633 2677 </em></span> 2634 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 36997"></a>2678 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312305"></a> 2635 2679 2636 2680 ldap timeout (G) 2637 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 36998"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2681 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312306"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2638 2682 When Samba connects to an ldap server that servermay be down or unreachable. To prevent Samba from hanging whilst 2639 2683 waiting for the connection this parameter specifies in seconds how long Samba should wait before failing the … … 2641 2685 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 2642 2686 </em></span> 2643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37040"></a>2687 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312347"></a> 2644 2688 2645 2689 ldap user suffix (G) 2646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37041"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2690 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312348"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2647 2691 This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, 2648 2692 the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 2652 2696 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code> 2653 2697 </em></span> 2654 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37118"></a>2698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312426"></a> 2655 2699 2656 2700 level2 oplocks (S) 2657 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37119"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports2701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312427"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 2658 2702 level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 2659 2703 that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock … … 2675 2719 this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>level2 oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2676 2720 </em></span> 2677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37214"></a>2721 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312521"></a> 2678 2722 2679 2723 lm announce (G) 2680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37215"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce2724 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312522"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce 2681 2725 broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see 2682 2726 the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three … … 2694 2738 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2695 2739 </em></span> 2696 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37329"></a>2740 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312636"></a> 2697 2741 2698 2742 lm interval (G) 2699 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37330"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce2743 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312638"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 2700 2744 broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the 2701 2745 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE">lm announce</a> parameter) then this … … 2707 2751 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2708 2752 </em></span> 2709 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37410"></a>2753 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312717"></a> 2710 2754 2711 2755 load printers (G) 2712 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37411"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all2756 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312718"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all 2713 2757 printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. 2714 2758 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS">printers</a> section for 2715 2759 more details.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>load printers</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2716 2760 </em></span> 2717 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37463"></a>2761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312770"></a> 2718 2762 2719 2763 local master (G) 2720 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37464"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser2764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312772"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser 2721 2765 on a subnet. If set to <code class="constant">no</code> then <code class="literal"> 2722 2766 nmbd</code> will not attempt to become a local master browser … … 2728 2772 master browser.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>local master</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2729 2773 </em></span> 2730 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337560"></a><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337561"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337590"></a> 2774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312867"></a> 2775 2776 <a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir 2777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312868"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312898"></a> 2731 2778 2732 2779 lock directory (G) 2733 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37591"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock2780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312899"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock 2734 2781 files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the 2735 2782 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS">max connections</a> option. … … 2738 2785 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code> 2739 2786 </em></span> 2740 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37660"></a>2787 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312969"></a> 2741 2788 2742 2789 locking (S) 2743 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37662"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be2790 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312970"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 2744 2791 performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 2745 2792 client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock … … 2751 2798 is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a 2752 2799 specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. 2753 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37730"></a>2800 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313038"></a> 2754 2801 2755 2802 lock spin count (G) 2756 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37731"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24.2803 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313039"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. 2757 2804 The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter 2758 2805 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME">lock spin time</a>. 2759 2806 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 2760 2807 </em></span> 2761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37782"></a>2808 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313091"></a> 2762 2809 2763 2810 lock spin time (G) 2764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37783"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should2811 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313092"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should 2765 2812 keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can 2766 2813 be granted. This parameter has changed in default … … 2770 2817 to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 2771 2818 </em></span> 2772 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 37837"></a>2819 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313145"></a> 2773 2820 2774 2821 log file (G) 2775 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37838"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2822 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313146"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2776 2823 This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). 2777 2824 </p><p> … … 2779 2826 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</code> 2780 2827 </em></span> 2781 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337887"></a><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337888"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337916"></a> 2828 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313195"></a> 2829 2830 <a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel 2831 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313196"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313226"></a> 2782 2832 2783 2833 log level (G) 2784 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 37918"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313227"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2785 2835 The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the 2786 2836 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. … … 2793 2843 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 2794 2844 </em></span> 2795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 38145"></a>2845 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313455"></a> 2796 2846 2797 2847 logon drive (G) 2798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 38146"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2848 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313456"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2799 2849 This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be 2800 2850 connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home</a>) and is only used by NT … … 2806 2856 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon drive</code></em> = <code class="literal">h:</code> 2807 2857 </em></span> 2808 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 38218"></a>2858 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313527"></a> 2809 2859 2810 2860 logon home (G) 2811 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 38219"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2861 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313528"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2812 2862 This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. 2813 2863 It allows you to do … … 2840 2890 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code> 2841 2891 </em></span> 2842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 38370"></a>2892 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313680"></a> 2843 2893 2844 2894 logon path (G) 2845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 38371"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2895 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313681"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2846 2896 This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are 2847 2897 stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming … … 2887 2937 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon path</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\%N\%U\profile</code> 2888 2938 </em></span> 2889 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 38516"></a>2939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313826"></a> 2890 2940 2891 2941 logon script (G) 2892 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 38517"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313827"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2893 2943 This parameter specifies the batch file (<code class="filename">.bat</code>) or NT command file 2894 2944 (<code class="filename">.cmd</code>) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file … … 2921 2971 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code> 2922 2972 </em></span> 2923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 38674"></a>2973 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313983"></a> 2924 2974 2925 2975 lppause command (S) 2926 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 38675"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be2976 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313984"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2927 2977 executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling 2928 2978 a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 2948 2998 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code> 2949 2999 </em></span> 2950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 38810"></a>3000 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314119"></a> 2951 3001 2952 3002 lpq cache time (G) 2953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 38811"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached3003 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314120"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 2954 3004 for to prevent the <code class="literal">lpq</code> command being called too 2955 3005 often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <code class="literal"> … … 2964 3014 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 2965 3015 </em></span> 2966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 38922"></a>3016 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314232"></a> 2967 3017 2968 3018 lpq command (S) 2969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 38923"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3019 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314233"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2970 3020 executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq 2971 3021 </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which … … 2989 3039 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpq -P%p</code> 2990 3040 </em></span> 2991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39038"></a>3041 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314348"></a> 2992 3042 2993 3043 lpresume command (S) 2994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39039"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3044 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314349"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2995 3045 executed on the server host in order to restart or continue 2996 3046 printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 3005 3055 is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code> 3006 3056 </em></span> 3007 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39181"></a>3057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314491"></a> 3008 3058 3009 3059 lprm command (S) 3010 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39182"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314492"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3011 3061 executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3012 3062 a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name … … 3025 3075 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> determined by printing parameter</code> 3026 3076 </em></span> 3027 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39263"></a>3077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314572"></a> 3028 3078 3029 3079 machine password timeout (G) 3030 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39264"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314573"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3031 3081 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change 3032 3082 the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb … … 3038 3088 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>machine password timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800</code> 3039 3089 </em></span> 3040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39345"></a>3090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314654"></a> 3041 3091 3042 3092 magic output (S) 3043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39346"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314656"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3044 3094 This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the 3045 3095 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT">magic script</a> parameter below). … … 3050 3100 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal">myfile.txt</code> 3051 3101 </em></span> 3052 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39425"></a>3102 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314735"></a> 3053 3103 3054 3104 magic script (S) 3055 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39426"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,3105 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314736"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 3056 3106 if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. 3057 3107 This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and … … 3069 3119 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code> 3070 3120 </em></span> 3071 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39523"></a>3121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314833"></a> 3072 3122 3073 3123 mangled map (S) 3074 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39524"></a><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314834"></a><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3075 3125 This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which cannot be represented on 3076 3126 Windows/DOS. The mangling of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have … … 3093 3143 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled map</code></em> = <code class="literal">(*;1 *;)</code> 3094 3144 </em></span> 3095 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39635"></a>3145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314944"></a> 3096 3146 3097 3147 mangled names (S) 3098 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39636"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX3148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314946"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 3099 3149 should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 3100 3150 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a> for … … 3121 3171 do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3122 3172 </em></span> 3123 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39754"></a>3173 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315066"></a> 3124 3174 3125 3175 mangle prefix (G) 3126 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39756"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix3176 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315067"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 3127 3177 characters from the original name used when generating 3128 3178 the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker … … 3134 3184 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangle prefix</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 3135 3185 </em></span> 3136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39818"></a>3186 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315129"></a> 3137 3187 3138 3188 mangling char (S) 3139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39819"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as3189 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315130"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as 3140 3190 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>. The 3141 3191 default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set … … 3144 3194 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code> 3145 3195 </em></span> 3146 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39891"></a>3196 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315203"></a> 3147 3197 3148 3198 mangling method (G) 3149 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39892"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating3199 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315204"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating 3150 3200 the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and 3151 3201 "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used … … 3158 3208 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling method</code></em> = <code class="literal">hash</code> 3159 3209 </em></span> 3160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 39952"></a>3210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315264"></a> 3161 3211 3162 3212 map acl inherit (S) 3163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 39954"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'3213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315265"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' 3164 3214 access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute 3165 3215 called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run … … 3169 3219 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3170 3220 </em></span> 3171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40005"></a>3221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315317"></a> 3172 3222 3173 3223 map archive (S) 3174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40006"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315318"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3175 3225 This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 3176 3226 should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit … … 3185 3235 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3186 3236 </em></span> 3187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40074"></a>3237 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315386"></a> 3188 3238 3189 3239 map hidden (S) 3190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40075"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3240 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315387"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3191 3241 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. 3192 3242 </p><p> … … 3194 3244 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> 3195 3245 for details. 3196 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40128"></a>3246 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315440"></a> 3197 3247 3198 3248 map read only (S) 3199 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40129"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3249 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315441"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3200 3250 This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. 3201 3251 </p><p> … … 3218 3268 </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3219 3269 </em></span> 3220 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40269"></a>3270 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315581"></a> 3221 3271 3222 3272 map system (S) 3223 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40270"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3273 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315582"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3224 3274 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. 3225 3275 </p><p> … … 3229 3279 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3230 3280 </em></span> 3231 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40335"></a>3281 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315647"></a> 3232 3282 3233 3283 map to guest (G) 3234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40336"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">SECURITY =3284 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315648"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">SECURITY = 3235 3285 security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 3236 3286 and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em> … … 3274 3324 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code> 3275 3325 </em></span> 3276 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40551"></a>3326 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315863"></a> 3277 3327 3278 3328 max connections (S) 3279 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40552"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.3329 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315864"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 3280 3330 If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections 3281 3331 will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value … … 3285 3335 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3286 3336 </em></span> 3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40632"></a>3337 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315944"></a> 3288 3338 3289 3339 max disk size (G) 3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40633"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit3340 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315945"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 3291 3341 on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 3292 3342 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in … … 3302 3352 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3303 3353 </em></span> 3304 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40717"></a>3354 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316029"></a> 3305 3355 3306 3356 max log size (G) 3307 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40718"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3357 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316030"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3308 3358 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. 3309 3359 Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding … … 3314 3364 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3315 3365 </em></span> 3316 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40785"></a>3366 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316097"></a> 3317 3367 3318 3368 max mux (G) 3319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40786"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of3369 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316098"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 3320 3370 outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 3321 3371 it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code> 3322 3372 </em></span> 3323 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40827"></a>3373 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316139"></a> 3324 3374 3325 3375 max open files (G) 3326 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40828"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3376 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316140"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3327 3377 open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 3328 3378 serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The … … 3332 3382 this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000</code> 3333 3383 </em></span> 3334 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 40882"></a>3384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316194"></a> 3335 3385 3336 3386 max print jobs (S) 3337 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40884"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316195"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3338 3388 jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. 3339 3389 If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. … … 3342 3392 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code> 3343 3393 </em></span> 3344 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340950"></a><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340951"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340980"></a> 3394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316262"></a> 3395 3396 <a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol 3397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316263"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316293"></a> 3345 3398 3346 3399 max protocol (G) 3347 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 40982"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest3400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316294"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 3348 3401 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No 3349 3402 concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on … … 3357 3410 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code> 3358 3411 </em></span> 3359 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41100"></a>3412 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316413"></a> 3360 3413 3361 3414 max reported print jobs (S) 3362 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41101"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3415 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316414"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3363 3416 This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for 3364 3417 Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess … … 3369 3422 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3370 3423 </em></span> 3371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41159"></a>3424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316472"></a> 3372 3425 3373 3426 max smbd processes (G) 3374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41160"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended3427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316473"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 3375 3428 as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient 3376 3429 resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating … … 3380 3433 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3381 3434 </em></span> 3382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41236"></a>3435 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316549"></a> 3383 3436 3384 3437 max stat cache size (G) 3385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41237"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any3438 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316550"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 3386 3439 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 3387 3440 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents … … 3394 3447 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 3395 3448 </em></span> 3396 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41302"></a>3449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316615"></a> 3397 3450 3398 3451 max ttl (G) 3399 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41303"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'3452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316616"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 3400 3453 of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is 3401 3454 requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should 3402 3455 never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code> 3403 3456 </em></span> 3404 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41358"></a>3457 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316671"></a> 3405 3458 3406 3459 max wins ttl (G) 3407 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41359"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server3460 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316672"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 3408 3461 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum 3409 3462 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> … … 3411 3464 parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code> 3412 3465 </em></span> 3413 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41426"></a>3466 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316739"></a> 3414 3467 3415 3468 max xmit (G) 3416 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41427"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size3469 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316740"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 3417 3470 that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which 3418 3471 matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. … … 3422 3475 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code> 3423 3476 </em></span> 3424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41486"></a>3477 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316799"></a> 3425 3478 3426 3479 message command (G) 3427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41487"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the3480 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316800"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 3428 3481 server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would 3429 3482 deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is … … 3464 3517 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</code> 3465 3518 </em></span> 3466 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41678"></a>3519 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316991"></a> 3467 3520 3468 3521 min print space (S) 3469 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41679"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk3522 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316992"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 3470 3523 space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 3471 3524 a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which … … 3474 3527 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code> 3475 3528 </em></span> 3476 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41738"></a>3529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317051"></a> 3477 3530 3478 3531 min protocol (G) 3479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41739"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the3532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317052"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 3480 3533 lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer 3481 3534 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a> … … 3489 3542 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code> 3490 3543 </em></span> 3491 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41830"></a>3544 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317143"></a> 3492 3545 3493 3546 min wins ttl (G) 3494 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41831"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>3547 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317144"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 3495 3548 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live' 3496 3549 of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in … … 3498 3551 is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code> 3499 3552 </em></span> 3500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41896"></a>3553 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317209"></a> 3501 3554 3502 3555 msdfs proxy (S) 3503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41897"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a3556 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317210"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 3504 3557 stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by 3505 3558 the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to … … 3509 3562 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code> 3510 3563 </em></span> 3511 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 41969"></a>3564 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317282"></a> 3512 3565 3513 3566 msdfs root (S) 3514 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 41970"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the3567 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317283"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 3515 3568 share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the 3516 3569 distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. … … 3520 3573 Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3521 3574 </em></span> 3522 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42022"></a>3575 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317335"></a> 3523 3576 3524 3577 name cache timeout (G) 3525 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42023"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before3578 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317336"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 3526 3579 entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 3527 3580 the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. … … 3530 3583 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3531 3584 </em></span> 3532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42080"></a>3585 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317393"></a> 3533 3586 3534 3587 name resolve order (G) 3535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42081"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba3588 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317394"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 3536 3589 suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 3537 3590 to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to … … 3564 3617 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code> 3565 3618 </em></span> 3566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42261"></a>3619 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317574"></a> 3567 3620 3568 3621 netbios aliases (G) 3569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42262"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will3622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317575"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 3570 3623 advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 3571 3624 to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server … … 3577 3630 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code> 3578 3631 </em></span> 3579 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42322"></a>3632 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317635"></a> 3580 3633 3581 3634 netbios name (G) 3582 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42323"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3635 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317636"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3583 3636 This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 3584 3637 of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of … … 3593 3646 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code> 3594 3647 </em></span> 3595 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42399"></a>3648 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317712"></a> 3596 3649 3597 3650 netbios scope (G) 3598 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42400"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will3651 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317713"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 3599 3652 operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 3600 3653 on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3601 3654 </em></span> 3602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42440"></a>3655 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317753"></a> 3603 3656 3604 3657 nis homedir (G) 3605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42441"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For3658 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317754"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 3606 3659 UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 3607 3660 will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote … … 3622 3675 be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3623 3676 </em></span> 3624 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42511"></a>3677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317824"></a> 3625 3678 3626 3679 nt acl support (S) 3627 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42512"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map3680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317825"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 3628 3681 UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX 3629 3682 permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and … … 3632 3685 releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3633 3686 </em></span> 3634 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42562"></a>3687 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317875"></a> 3635 3688 3636 3689 ntlm auth (G) 3637 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42563"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to3690 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317876"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 3638 3691 authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. 3639 3692 If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response … … 3643 3696 special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3644 3697 </em></span> 3645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42622"></a>3698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317935"></a> 3646 3699 3647 3700 nt pipe support (G) 3648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42623"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether3701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317936"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 3649 3702 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 3650 3703 clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code> … … 3652 3705 alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3653 3706 </em></span> 3654 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42676"></a>3707 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317989"></a> 3655 3708 3656 3709 nt status support (G) 3657 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42677"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status3710 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317990"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 3658 3711 support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. 3659 3712 If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers … … 3661 3714 reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3662 3715 </em></span> 3663 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42734"></a>3716 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318046"></a> 3664 3717 3665 3718 null passwords (G) 3666 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42735"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>3667 </em></span> 3668 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42785"></a>3719 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318048"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3720 </em></span> 3721 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318098"></a> 3669 3722 3670 3723 obey pam restrictions (G) 3671 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42786"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support3724 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318099"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 3672 3725 (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba 3673 3726 should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The … … 3679 3732 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3680 3733 </em></span> 3681 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42841"></a>3734 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318154"></a> 3682 3735 3683 3736 only user (S) 3684 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42842"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether3737 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318155"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 3685 3738 connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> 3686 3739 list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a … … 3695 3748 name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3696 3749 </em></span> 3697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42924"></a>3750 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318237"></a> 3698 3751 3699 3752 open files database hash size (G) 3700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42925"></a><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets3753 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318238"></a><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets 3701 3754 the hash size of the tdb used for the open file databases. The presence of this parameter 3702 3755 allows tuning of the system for very large (thousands of concurrent users) Samba setups. … … 3706 3759 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>open files database hash size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1338457</code> 3707 3760 </em></span> 3708 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 42986"></a>3761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318299"></a> 3709 3762 3710 3763 oplock break wait time (G) 3711 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 42988"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318300"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3712 3765 This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 3713 3766 quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can … … 3718 3771 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3719 3772 </em></span> 3720 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43035"></a>3773 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318348"></a> 3721 3774 3722 3775 oplock contention limit (S) 3723 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43036"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3776 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318349"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3724 3777 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 3725 3778 granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. … … 3733 3786 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 3734 3787 </em></span> 3735 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43113"></a>3788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318426"></a> 3736 3789 3737 3790 oplocks (S) 3738 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43114"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318427"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3739 3792 This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to 3740 3793 issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this … … 3755 3808 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3756 3809 </em></span> 3757 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43203"></a>3810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318516"></a> 3758 3811 3759 3812 os2 driver map (G) 3760 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43204"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute3813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318517"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 3761 3814 path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver 3762 3815 names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 … … 3768 3821 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3769 3822 </em></span> 3770 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43264"></a>3823 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318576"></a> 3771 3824 3772 3825 os level (G) 3773 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43265"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3826 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318578"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3774 3827 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 3775 3828 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area. … … 3779 3832 effectively isolate a subnet for browsing purposes. This parameter is largely auto-configured in the Samba-3 3780 3833 release series and it is seldom necessary to manually override the default setting. Please refer to 3781 chapter 9 of the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use of this parameter. 3834 the chapter on Network Browsing in the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use 3835 of this parameter. 3782 3836 <span class="emphasis"><em>Note:</em></span> The maximum value for this parameter is 255. If you use higher values, counting 3783 3837 will start at 0! … … 3786 3840 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code> 3787 3841 </em></span> 3788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43355"></a>3842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318668"></a> 3789 3843 3790 3844 pam password change (G) 3791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43356"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,3845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318669"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 3792 3846 this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 3793 3847 flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password … … 3797 3851 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3798 3852 </em></span> 3799 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43424"></a>3853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318735"></a> 3800 3854 3801 3855 panic action (G) 3802 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43425"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a3856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318736"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 3803 3857 system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 3804 3858 draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. … … 3807 3861 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code> 3808 3862 </em></span> 3809 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43498"></a>3863 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318809"></a> 3810 3864 3811 3865 paranoid server security (G) 3812 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43499"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest3866 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318810"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 3813 3867 users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 3814 3868 use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain … … 3818 3872 bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3819 3873 </em></span> 3820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43545"></a>3874 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318856"></a> 3821 3875 3822 3876 passdb backend (G) 3823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43546"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend3877 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318857"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 3824 3878 will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows 3825 3879 you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' … … 3854 3908 </pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> 3855 3909 </em></span> 3856 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43687"></a>3910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318998"></a> 3857 3911 3858 3912 passdb expand explicit (G) 3859 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43688"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318999"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3860 3914 This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We 3861 3915 used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable … … 3863 3917 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3864 3918 </em></span> 3865 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43730"></a>3919 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319041"></a> 3866 3920 3867 3921 passwd chat debug (G) 3868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43731"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script3922 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319042"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 3869 3923 parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the 3870 3924 strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed … … 3879 3933 parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3880 3934 </em></span> 3881 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43826"></a>3935 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319137"></a> 3882 3936 3883 3937 passwd chat timeout (G) 3884 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43827"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial3938 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319138"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 3885 3939 answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received 3886 3940 the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it 3887 3941 two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 3888 3942 </em></span> 3889 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 43869"></a>3943 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319179"></a> 3890 3944 3891 3945 passwd chat (G) 3892 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 43870"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>3946 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319180"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 3893 3947 conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 3894 3948 program to change the user's password. The string describes a … … 3921 3975 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 3922 3976 </em></span> 3923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 44052"></a>3977 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319362"></a> 3924 3978 3925 3979 passwd program (G) 3926 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44053"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set3980 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319364"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 3927 3981 UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> 3928 3982 will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for … … 3945 3999 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code> 3946 4000 </em></span> 3947 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 44178"></a>4001 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319489"></a> 3948 4002 3949 4003 password level (G) 3950 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44179"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty4004 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319490"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 3951 4005 with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for 3952 4006 Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper … … 3970 4024 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 3971 4025 </em></span> 3972 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 44300"></a>4026 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319610"></a> 3973 4027 3974 4028 password server (G) 3975 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44301"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server4029 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319611"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 3976 4030 or Active Directory domain controller with this option, 3977 4031 and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code> … … 4027 4081 are able to login from the Samba server, as when in <code class="literal"> 4028 4082 security = server</code> mode the network logon will appear to 4029 come from there rather than from the users workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal"> </code>4083 come from there rather than from the users workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">*</code> 4030 4084 </em></span> 4031 4085 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, *</code> … … 4033 4087 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</code> 4034 4088 </em></span> 4035 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">*</code> 4036 </em></span> 4037 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344580"></a><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344581"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344610"></a> 4089 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319876"></a> 4090 4091 <a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory 4092 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319877"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319907"></a> 4038 4093 4039 4094 path (S) 4040 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44611"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which4095 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319908"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 4041 4096 the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 4042 4097 printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to … … 4055 4110 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code> 4056 4111 </em></span> 4057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 44706"></a>4112 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320003"></a> 4058 4113 4059 4114 pid directory (G) 4060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44707"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4115 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320004"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4061 4116 This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 4062 4117 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> … … 4064 4119 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code> 4065 4120 </em></span> 4066 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 44764"></a>4121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320061"></a> 4067 4122 4068 4123 posix locking (S) 4069 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44765"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320062"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4070 4125 The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4071 4126 daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is … … 4075 4130 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4076 4131 </em></span> 4077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 44819"></a>4132 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320113"></a> 4078 4133 4079 4134 postexec (S) 4080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44820"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run4135 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320114"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 4081 4136 whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 4082 4137 substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some … … 4086 4141 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4087 4142 </em></span> 4088 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 44888"></a>4143 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320182"></a> 4089 4144 4090 4145 preexec close (S) 4091 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44889"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4146 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320183"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4092 4147 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC">preexec</a> 4093 4148 should close the service being connected to. 4094 4149 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4095 4150 </em></span> 4096 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344940"></a><a name="EXEC"></a>exec</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344941"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344970"></a> 4151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320234"></a> 4152 4153 <a name="EXEC"></a>exec 4154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320235"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320265"></a> 4097 4155 4098 4156 preexec (S) 4099 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 44971"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever4157 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320266"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 4100 4158 the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 4101 4159 message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here … … 4109 4167 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4110 4168 </em></span> 4111 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345071"></a><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345072"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345101"></a> 4169 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320366"></a> 4170 4171 <a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master 4172 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320367"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320397"></a> 4112 4173 4113 4174 preferred master (G) 4114 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 45102"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4175 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320398"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4115 4176 This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 4116 4177 </p><p> … … 4126 4187 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 4127 4188 </em></span> 4128 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 45188"></a>4189 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320484"></a> 4129 4190 4130 4191 preload modules (G) 4131 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 45189"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should4192 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320485"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 4132 4193 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 4133 4194 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 4135 4196 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 4136 4197 </em></span> 4137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345245"></a><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345246"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345276"></a> 4198 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320541"></a> 4199 4200 <a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services 4201 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320542"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320573"></a> 4138 4202 4139 4203 preload (G) 4140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 45277"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be4204 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320574"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 4141 4205 automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 4142 4206 for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be … … 4149 4213 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code> 4150 4214 </em></span> 4151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 45350"></a>4215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320647"></a> 4152 4216 4153 4217 preserve case (S) 4154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 45351"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320648"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4155 4219 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if 4156 4220 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE">default case</a>. … … 4159 4223 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4160 4224 </em></span> 4161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345413"></a><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345414"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345443"></a> 4225 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320710"></a> 4226 4227 <a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok 4228 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320711"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320741"></a> 4162 4229 4163 4230 printable (S) 4164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 45444"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then4231 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320742"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 4165 4232 clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 4166 4233 specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing … … 4169 4236 the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4170 4237 </em></span> 4171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 45503"></a>4238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320801"></a> 4172 4239 4173 4240 printcap cache time (G) 4174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 45504"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing4241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320802"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 4175 4242 subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value 4176 4243 is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds … … 4182 4249 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 4183 4250 </em></span> 4184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345567"></a><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345568"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345598"></a> 4185 4186 printcap name (S) 4187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345599"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320865"></a> 4252 4253 <a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap 4254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320866"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320897"></a> 4255 4256 printcap name (G) 4257 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320898"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4188 4258 This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually 4189 4259 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this. … … 4220 4290 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code> 4221 4291 </em></span> 4222 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 45769"></a>4292 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321069"></a> 4223 4293 4224 4294 print command (S) 4225 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 45770"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to4295 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321070"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 4226 4296 a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code> 4227 4297 call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will … … 4265 4335 set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code> 4266 4336 </em></span> 4267 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46012"></a>4337 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321311"></a> 4268 4338 4269 4339 printer admin (S) 4270 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46013"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4340 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321312"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4271 4341 This lists users who can do anything to printers 4272 4342 via the remote administration interfaces offered … … 4284 4354 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code> 4285 4355 </em></span> 4286 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346076"></a><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346077"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346105"></a> 4356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321375"></a> 4357 4358 <a name="PRINTER"></a>printer 4359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321376"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321406"></a> 4287 4360 4288 4361 printer name (S) 4289 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46106"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4362 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321407"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4290 4363 This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service 4291 4364 will be sent. … … 4300 4373 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code> 4301 4374 </em></span> 4302 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46189"></a>4375 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321489"></a> 4303 4376 4304 4377 printing (S) 4305 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46190"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is4378 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321490"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 4306 4379 interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for 4307 4380 the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the … … 4317 4390 the value for the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> option since it will 4318 4391 reset the printing commands to default values.</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section"> 4319 [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46318"></a>4392 [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321618"></a> 4320 4393 4321 4394 printjob username (S) 4322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46319"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be4395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321619"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 4323 4396 passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, 4324 4397 but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code> … … 4326 4399 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code> 4327 4400 </em></span> 4328 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46376"></a>4401 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321676"></a> 4329 4402 4330 4403 private dir (G) 4331 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46377"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory4404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321678"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 4332 4405 smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> 4333 4406 and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. 4334 4407 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code> 4335 4408 </em></span> 4336 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46429"></a>4409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321730"></a> 4337 4410 4338 4411 profile acls (S) 4339 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46430"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321731"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4340 4413 This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been 4341 4414 having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or … … 4365 4438 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4366 4439 </em></span> 4367 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46489"></a>4440 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321793"></a> 4368 4441 4369 4442 queuepause command (S) 4370 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46490"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4443 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321794"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4371 4444 executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 4372 4445 a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, … … 4379 4452 server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code> 4380 4453 </em></span> 4381 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46559"></a>4454 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321863"></a> 4382 4455 4383 4456 queueresume command (S) 4384 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46560"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4457 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321864"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4385 4458 executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 4386 4459 is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the … … 4397 4470 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code> 4398 4471 </em></span> 4399 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46651"></a>4472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321956"></a> 4400 4473 4401 4474 read bmpx (G) 4402 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46652"></a><a name="READBMPX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether4475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321957"></a><a name="READBMPX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 4403 4476 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read 4404 4477 Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to … … 4406 4479 parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read bmpx</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4407 4480 </em></span> 4408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46704"></a>4481 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322008"></a> 4409 4482 4410 4483 read list (S) 4411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46705"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4484 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322010"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4412 4485 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list 4413 4486 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a> option is set … … 4419 4492 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code> 4420 4493 </em></span> 4421 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46798"></a>4494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322102"></a> 4422 4495 4423 4496 read only (S) 4424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46799"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users4497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322104"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 4425 4498 of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 4426 4499 directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>) … … 4428 4501 (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4429 4502 </em></span> 4430 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46871"></a>4503 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322175"></a> 4431 4504 4432 4505 read raw (G) 4433 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46872"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server4506 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322176"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 4434 4507 will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 4435 4508 to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in … … 4440 4513 tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4441 4514 </em></span> 4442 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46926"></a>4515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322230"></a> 4443 4516 4444 4517 realm (G) 4445 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46927"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is4518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322231"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 4446 4519 used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It 4447 4520 is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. … … 4450 4523 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code> 4451 4524 </em></span> 4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 46989"></a>4525 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322294"></a> 4453 4526 4454 4527 remote announce (G) 4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 46990"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4528 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322295"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4456 4529 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself 4457 4530 to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. … … 4477 4550 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4478 4551 </em></span> 4479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47085"></a>4552 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322389"></a> 4480 4553 4481 4554 remote browse sync (G) 4482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47086"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4555 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322390"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4483 4556 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 4484 4557 synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba … … 4512 4585 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4513 4586 </em></span> 4514 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47185"></a>4587 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322489"></a> 4515 4588 4516 4589 rename user script (G) 4517 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47186"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4590 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322490"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4518 4591 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 4519 4592 </p><p> … … 4533 4606 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4534 4607 </em></span> 4535 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47264"></a>4608 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322568"></a> 4536 4609 4537 4610 reset on zero vc (G) 4538 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47265"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4611 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322569"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4539 4612 This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup 4540 4613 should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches … … 4555 4628 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4556 4629 </em></span> 4557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47310"></a>4630 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322614"></a> 4558 4631 4559 4632 restrict anonymous (G) 4560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47311"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and4633 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322615"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 4561 4634 group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. 4562 4635 and mirrors the effects of the … … 4581 4654 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4582 4655 </em></span> 4583 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347384"></a><a name="ROOT"></a>root</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347385"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347415"></a><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347416"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347444"></a> 4656 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322688"></a> 4657 4658 <a name="ROOT"></a>root 4659 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322689"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322720"></a> 4660 4661 <a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir 4662 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322721"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322751"></a> 4584 4663 4585 4664 root directory (G) 4586 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47446"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.4665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322752"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 4587 4666 Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 4588 4667 not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the … … 4607 4686 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code> 4608 4687 </em></span> 4609 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47557"></a>4688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322864"></a> 4610 4689 4611 4690 root postexec (S) 4612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47558"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322865"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4613 4692 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> 4614 4693 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 4616 4695 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4617 4696 </em></span> 4618 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47604"></a>4697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322910"></a> 4619 4698 4620 4699 root preexec close (S) 4621 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47605"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close4700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322912"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 4622 4701 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4623 4702 </em></span> 4624 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47652"></a>4703 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322958"></a> 4625 4704 4626 4705 root preexec (S) 4627 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47653"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4706 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322959"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4628 4707 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> 4629 4708 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 4631 4710 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4632 4711 </em></span> 4633 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47698"></a>4712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323004"></a> 4634 4713 4635 4714 security mask (S) 4636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47699"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323005"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4637 4716 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 4638 4717 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 4653 4732 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 4654 4733 </em></span> 4655 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 47793"></a>4734 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323100"></a> 4656 4735 4657 4736 security (G) 4658 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 47794"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to4737 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323101"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 4659 4738 Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename"> 4660 4739 smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to … … 4780 4859 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> 4781 4860 </em></span> 4782 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 48581"></a>4861 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323887"></a> 4783 4862 4784 4863 server schannel (G) 4785 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 48582"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4864 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323888"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4786 4865 This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 4787 4866 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. … … 4794 4873 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4795 4874 </em></span> 4796 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 48689"></a>4875 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323995"></a> 4797 4876 4798 4877 server signing (G) 4799 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 48690"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires4878 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323996"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires 4800 4879 the client it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values 4801 4880 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> … … 4805 4884 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 4806 4885 </em></span> 4807 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 48746"></a>4886 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324052"></a> 4808 4887 4809 4888 server string (G) 4810 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 48747"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print4889 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324053"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 4811 4890 manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It 4812 4891 can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next … … 4817 4896 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code> 4818 4897 </em></span> 4819 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 48834"></a>4898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324140"></a> 4820 4899 4821 4900 set directory (S) 4822 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 48835"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324141"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4823 4902 If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then users of the 4824 4903 service may not use the setdir command to change directory. … … 4829 4908 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4830 4909 </em></span> 4831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 48891"></a>4910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324197"></a> 4832 4911 4833 4912 set primary group script (G) 4834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 48892"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a4913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324198"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 4835 4914 primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script 4836 4915 sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an … … 4844 4923 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code> 4845 4924 </em></span> 4846 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 48968"></a>4925 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324275"></a> 4847 4926 4848 4927 set quota command (G) 4849 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 48969"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used4928 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324276"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 4850 4929 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 4851 4930 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or … … 4857 4936 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code> 4858 4937 </em></span> 4859 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49122"></a>4938 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324428"></a> 4860 4939 4861 4940 share modes (S) 4862 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49123"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of4941 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324429"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 4863 4942 the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These 4864 4943 modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access … … 4873 4952 off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4874 4953 </em></span> 4875 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49210"></a>4954 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324516"></a> 4876 4955 4877 4956 short preserve case (S) 4878 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49211"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4957 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324517"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4879 4958 This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 4880 4959 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE">default case</a>. … … 4883 4962 </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4884 4963 </em></span> 4885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49284"></a>4964 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324590"></a> 4886 4965 4887 4966 show add printer wizard (G) 4888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49285"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support4967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324591"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 4889 4968 for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 4890 4969 appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will … … 4904 4983 administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4905 4984 </em></span> 4906 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49357"></a>4985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324663"></a> 4907 4986 4908 4987 shutdown script (G) 4909 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49358"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by4988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324664"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 4910 4989 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 4911 4990 start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, … … 4932 5011 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code> 4933 5012 </em></span> 4934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49502"></a>5013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324808"></a> 4935 5014 4936 5015 smb passwd file (G) 4937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49503"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By5016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324810"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 4938 5017 default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p> 4939 5018 An example of use is: … … 4943 5022 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code> 4944 5023 </em></span> 4945 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49554"></a>5024 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324860"></a> 4946 5025 4947 5026 smb ports (G) 4948 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49555"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>4949 </em></span> 4950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49595"></a>5027 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324861"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 5028 </em></span> 5029 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324901"></a> 4951 5030 4952 5031 socket address (G) 4953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49596"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what5032 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324902"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 4954 5033 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 4955 5034 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each … … 4959 5038 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code> 4960 5039 </em></span> 4961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49657"></a>5040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324963"></a> 4962 5041 4963 5042 socket options (G) 4964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49658"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options5043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324964"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 4965 5044 to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 4966 5045 of the operating systems which allow the connection to be … … 4990 5069 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code> 4991 5070 </em></span> 4992 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49850"></a>5071 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325156"></a> 4993 5072 4994 5073 stat cache (G) 4995 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49851"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to5074 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325157"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 4996 5075 speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 4997 5076 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4998 5077 </em></span> 4999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 49899"></a>5078 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325205"></a> 5000 5079 5001 5080 store dos attributes (S) 5002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 49900"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5081 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325206"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5003 5082 If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or 5004 5083 READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such … … 5012 5091 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5013 5092 </em></span> 5014 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50009"></a>5093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325316"></a> 5015 5094 5016 5095 strict allocate (S) 5017 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50010"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of5096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325317"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 5018 5097 disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> 5019 5098 the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real … … 5027 5106 of users.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5028 5107 </em></span> 5029 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50073"></a>5108 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325379"></a> 5030 5109 5031 5110 strict locking (S) 5032 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50074"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5111 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325380"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5033 5112 This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, 5034 5113 the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on … … 5046 5125 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code> 5047 5126 </em></span> 5048 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50145"></a>5127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325451"></a> 5049 5128 5050 5129 strict sync (S) 5051 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50146"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer5130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325452"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 5052 5131 shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing 5053 5132 a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be … … 5063 5142 reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5064 5143 </em></span> 5065 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50206"></a>5144 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325509"></a> 5066 5145 5067 5146 svcctl list (G) 5068 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50207"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd5147 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325510"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 5069 5148 will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 5070 5149 ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to … … 5079 5158 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code> 5080 5159 </em></span> 5081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50287"></a>5160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325590"></a> 5082 5161 5083 5162 sync always (S) 5084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50288"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls5163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325591"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 5085 5164 whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 5086 5165 the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be … … 5093 5172 any affect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5094 5173 </em></span> 5095 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50353"></a>5174 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325657"></a> 5096 5175 5097 5176 syslog only (G) 5098 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50354"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5177 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325658"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5099 5178 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 5100 5179 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some … … 5102 5181 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5103 5182 </em></span> 5104 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50399"></a>5183 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325702"></a> 5105 5184 5106 5185 syslog (G) 5107 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50400"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5186 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325703"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5108 5187 This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. 5109 5188 Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto … … 5116 5195 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 5117 5196 </em></span> 5118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50465"></a>5197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325768"></a> 5119 5198 5120 5199 template homedir (G) 5121 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50466"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325769"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5122 5201 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5123 5202 parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the … … 5127 5206 is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code> 5128 5207 </em></span> 5129 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50528"></a>5208 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325831"></a> 5130 5209 5131 5210 template shell (G) 5132 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50529"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5211 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325832"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5133 5212 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5134 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50564"></a>5213 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325868"></a> 5135 5214 5136 5215 time offset (G) 5137 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50565"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add5216 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325869"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 5138 5217 to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 5139 5218 you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight … … 5142 5221 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 5143 5222 </em></span> 5144 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50623"></a>5223 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325926"></a> 5145 5224 5146 5225 time server (G) 5147 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50624"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows5226 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325927"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 5148 5227 clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5149 5228 </em></span> 5150 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50672"></a>5229 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325976"></a> 5151 5230 5152 5231 unix charset (G) 5153 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50674"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine5232 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325977"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 5154 5233 Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 5155 5234 convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. … … 5160 5239 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code> 5161 5240 </em></span> 5162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50736"></a>5241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326039"></a> 5163 5242 5164 5243 unix extensions (G) 5165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50737"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326040"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5166 5245 implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 5167 5246 These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients … … 5170 5249 no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5171 5250 </em></span> 5172 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50779"></a>5251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326082"></a> 5173 5252 5174 5253 unix password sync (G) 5175 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50780"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326084"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5176 5255 attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 5177 5256 when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. 5178 5257 If this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> the program specified in the <em class="parameter"><code>passwd 5179 program</code></em> parameter is called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> -5258 program</code></em> parameter is called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> - 5180 5259 to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the 5181 5260 old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no 5182 5261 access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5183 5262 </em></span> 5184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50836"></a>5263 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326140"></a> 5185 5264 5186 5265 update encrypted (G) 5187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50837"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5266 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326141"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5188 5267 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 5189 5268 password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to … … 5203 5282 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5204 5283 </em></span> 5205 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 50941"></a>5284 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326244"></a> 5206 5285 5207 5286 use client driver (S) 5208 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 50942"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/20005287 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326246"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 5209 5288 clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When 5210 5289 serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing … … 5231 5310 server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5232 5311 </em></span> 5233 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51010"></a>5312 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326317"></a> 5234 5313 5235 5314 use kerberos keytab (G) 5236 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51011"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5315 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326318"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5237 5316 Specifies whether Samba should attempt to maintain service principals in the systems 5238 5317 keytab file for <code class="constant">host/FQDN</code> and <code class="constant">cifs/FQDN</code>. … … 5246 5325 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use kerberos keytab</code></em> = <code class="literal">False</code> 5247 5326 </em></span> 5248 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51074"></a>5327 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326382"></a> 5249 5328 5250 5329 use mmap (G) 5251 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51075"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can5330 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326383"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 5252 5331 depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent 5253 5332 mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a … … 5258 5337 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5259 5338 </em></span> 5260 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51122"></a>5339 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326430"></a> 5261 5340 5262 5341 username level (G) 5263 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51123"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at5342 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326431"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 5264 5343 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 5265 5344 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the … … 5276 5355 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 5277 5356 </em></span> 5278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51196"></a>5357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326503"></a> 5279 5358 5280 5359 username map script (G) 5281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51197"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the5360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326504"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 5282 5361 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP">username map</a> parameter. This parameter 5283 5362 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single … … 5290 5369 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 5291 5370 </em></span> 5292 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51267"></a>5371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326574"></a> 5293 5372 5294 5373 username map (G) 5295 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51268"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326575"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5296 5375 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 5297 5376 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows … … 5377 5456 # no username map</code> 5378 5457 </em></span> 5379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351509"></a><a name="USER"></a>user</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351510"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351540"></a><a name="USERS"></a>users</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351541"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351570"></a> 5458 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326817"></a> 5459 5460 <a name="USER"></a>user 5461 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326818"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326848"></a> 5462 5463 <a name="USERS"></a>users 5464 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326849"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326879"></a> 5380 5465 5381 5466 username (S) 5382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51571"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited5467 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326880"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 5383 5468 list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 5384 5469 each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when … … 5418 5503 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code> 5419 5504 </em></span> 5420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51716"></a>5505 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327025"></a> 5421 5506 5422 5507 usershare allow guests (G) 5423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51717"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed5508 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327026"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 5424 5509 to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent 5425 5510 of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting … … 5428 5513 is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5429 5514 </em></span> 5430 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51765"></a>5515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327074"></a> 5431 5516 5432 5517 usershare max shares (G) 5433 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51766"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares5518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327076"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 5434 5519 that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the 5435 5520 usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. 5436 5521 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5437 5522 </em></span> 5438 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51807"></a>5523 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327116"></a> 5439 5524 5440 5525 usershare owner only (G) 5441 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51808"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by5526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327117"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 5442 5527 a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the 5443 5528 user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then … … 5449 5534 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 5450 5535 </em></span> 5451 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51851"></a>5536 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327161"></a> 5452 5537 5453 5538 usershare path (G) 5454 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51852"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the5539 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327162"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 5455 5540 filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. 5456 5541 This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for … … 5473 5558 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code> 5474 5559 </em></span> 5475 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51915"></a>5560 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327224"></a> 5476 5561 5477 5562 usershare prefix allow list (G) 5478 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51916"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames5563 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327226"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5479 5564 the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 5480 5565 If the pathname exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this … … 5491 5576 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code> 5492 5577 </em></span> 5493 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 51982"></a>5578 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327292"></a> 5494 5579 5495 5580 usershare prefix deny list (G) 5496 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 51983"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames5581 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327293"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5497 5582 the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 5498 5583 If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this … … 5510 5595 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code> 5511 5596 </em></span> 5512 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52053"></a>5597 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327359"></a> 5513 5598 5514 5599 usershare template share (G) 5515 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52054"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters5600 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327360"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 5516 5601 such as path, guest ok etc. This parameter allows usershares to 5517 5602 "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" … … 5528 5613 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code> 5529 5614 </em></span> 5530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52120"></a>5615 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327425"></a> 5531 5616 5532 5617 use sendfile (S) 5533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52121"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>5618 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327426"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 5534 5619 system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls 5535 5620 (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that … … 5540 5625 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code> 5541 5626 </em></span> 5542 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52172"></a>5627 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327477"></a> 5543 5628 5544 5629 use spnego (G) 5545 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52173"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try5630 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327478"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 5546 5631 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 5547 5632 WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. … … 5551 5636 disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5552 5637 </em></span> 5553 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52218"></a>5638 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327524"></a> 5554 5639 5555 5640 utmp directory (G) 5556 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52219"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has5641 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327525"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 5557 5642 been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 5558 5643 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is … … 5566 5651 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code> 5567 5652 </em></span> 5568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52292"></a>5653 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327597"></a> 5569 5654 5570 5655 utmp (G) 5571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52293"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5656 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327598"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5572 5657 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 5573 5658 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to … … 5581 5666 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5582 5667 </em></span> 5583 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52349"></a>5668 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327655"></a> 5584 5669 5585 5670 valid users (S) 5586 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52350"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5671 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327656"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5587 5672 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with 5588 5673 '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the … … 5600 5685 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code> 5601 5686 </em></span> 5602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52436"></a>5687 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327741"></a> 5603 5688 5604 5689 -valid (S) 5605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52437"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is5690 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327742"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 5606 5691 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 5607 5692 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. … … 5612 5697 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5613 5698 </em></span> 5614 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52481"></a>5699 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327787"></a> 5615 5700 5616 5701 veto files (S) 5617 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52482"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5702 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327788"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5618 5703 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in 5619 5704 the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' … … 5646 5731 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code> 5647 5732 </em></span> 5648 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52588"></a>5733 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327895"></a> 5649 5734 5650 5735 veto oplock files (S) 5651 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52589"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5736 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327896"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5652 5737 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a> 5653 5738 parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator … … 5670 5755 # No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code> 5671 5756 </em></span> 5672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352674"></a><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352675"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352704"></a> 5757 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327981"></a> 5758 5759 <a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object 5760 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327982"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328013"></a> 5673 5761 5674 5762 vfs objects (S) 5675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52705"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which5763 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328014"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 5676 5764 are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal 5677 5765 disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded … … 5680 5768 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code> 5681 5769 </em></span> 5682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52762"></a>5770 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328071"></a> 5683 5771 5684 5772 volume (S) 5685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52763"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label5773 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328072"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 5686 5774 returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 5687 5775 that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 5688 5776 # the name of the share</code> 5689 5777 </em></span> 5690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52804"></a>5778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328112"></a> 5691 5779 5692 5780 wide links (S) 5693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52805"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links5781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328114"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 5694 5782 in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 5695 5783 that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the … … 5699 5787 that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5700 5788 </em></span> 5701 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52852"></a>5789 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328160"></a> 5702 5790 5703 5791 winbind cache time (G) 5704 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52853"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of5792 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328161"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 5705 5793 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 5706 5794 user and group information before querying a Windows NT server … … 5710 5798 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 5711 5799 </em></span> 5712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 52918"></a>5800 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328226"></a> 5713 5801 5714 5802 winbind enum groups (G) 5715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 52919"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress5803 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328228"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 5716 5804 the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>, 5717 5805 <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and … … 5721 5809 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5722 5810 </em></span> 5723 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53006"></a>5811 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328315"></a> 5724 5812 5725 5813 winbind enum users (G) 5726 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53007"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be5814 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328316"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 5727 5815 necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>, 5728 5816 <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and … … 5736 5824 usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5737 5825 </em></span> 5738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53095"></a>5826 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328404"></a> 5739 5827 5740 5828 winbind nested groups (G) 5741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53096"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested5829 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328405"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 5742 5830 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or 5743 5831 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested … … 5747 5835 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5748 5836 </em></span> 5749 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53140"></a>5837 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328449"></a> 5750 5838 5751 5839 winbind normalize names (G) 5752 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53141"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace5840 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328450"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 5753 5841 whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. 5754 5842 For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be … … 5762 5850 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5763 5851 </em></span> 5764 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53202"></a>5852 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328510"></a> 5765 5853 5766 5854 winbind nss info (G) 5767 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53203"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name5855 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328511"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 5768 5856 Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. 5769 5857 Currently the following settings are available: … … 5787 5875 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">template sfu</code> 5788 5876 </em></span> 5789 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53314"></a>5877 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328623"></a> 5790 5878 5791 5879 winbind offline logon (G) 5792 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53315"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should5880 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328624"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 5793 5881 allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> 5794 5882 module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials … … 5798 5886 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 5799 5887 </em></span> 5800 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53380"></a>5888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328688"></a> 5801 5889 5802 5890 winbind refresh tickets (G) 5803 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53381"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets5891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328689"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 5804 5892 retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module. 5805 5893 … … 5808 5896 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 5809 5897 </em></span> 5810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53445"></a>5898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328753"></a> 5811 5899 5812 5900 winbind separator (G) 5813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53446"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character5901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328754"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 5814 5902 used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN 5815 5903 </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. This parameter … … 5822 5910 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code> 5823 5911 </em></span> 5824 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53527"></a>5912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328836"></a> 5825 5913 5826 5914 winbind trusted domains only (G) 5827 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53528"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328837"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5828 5916 This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members 5829 5917 of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, … … 5837 5925 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5838 5926 </em></span> 5839 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53600"></a>5927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328908"></a> 5840 5928 5841 5929 winbind use default domain (G) 5842 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53601"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the5930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328909"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 5843 5931 <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 5844 5932 without domain component in their username. Users without a domain … … 5850 5938 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5851 5939 </em></span> 5852 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53668"></a>5940 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328977"></a> 5853 5941 5854 5942 wins hook (G) 5855 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53670"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this5943 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328978"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 5856 5944 allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 5857 5945 WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the … … 5874 5962 empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 5875 5963 program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples 5876 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53763"></a>5964 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329071"></a> 5877 5965 5878 5966 wins proxy (G) 5879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53764"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name5967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329072"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 5880 5968 queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this 5881 5969 to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5882 5970 </em></span> 5883 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53816"></a>5971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329125"></a> 5884 5972 5885 5973 wins server (G) 5886 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53817"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP5974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329126"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 5887 5975 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 5888 5976 your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a … … 5903 5991 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code> 5904 5992 </em></span> 5905 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53919"></a>5993 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329227"></a> 5906 5994 5907 5995 wins support (G) 5908 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53920"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should5996 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329228"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 5909 5997 not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 5910 5998 you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server. … … 5912 6000 on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5913 6001 </em></span> 5914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 53985"></a>6002 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329294"></a> 5915 6003 5916 6004 workgroup (G) 5917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 53986"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will6005 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329295"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 5918 6006 appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 5919 6007 also controls the Domain name used with … … 5923 6011 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code> 5924 6012 </em></span> 5925 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354055"></a><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354056"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354085"></a> 6013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329364"></a> 6014 6015 <a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable 6016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329365"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329394"></a> 5926 6017 5927 6018 writeable (S) 5928 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 54086"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354123"></a>6019 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329396"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329433"></a> 5929 6020 5930 6021 write cache size (S) 5931 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 54124"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,6022 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329434"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 5932 6023 Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 5933 6024 (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for … … 5947 6038 # for a 256k cache size per file</code> 5948 6039 </em></span> 5949 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 54199"></a>6040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329508"></a> 5950 6041 5951 6042 write list (S) 5952 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 54200"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329509"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5953 6044 This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the 5954 6045 connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter … … 5965 6056 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code> 5966 6057 </em></span> 5967 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 54286"></a>6058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329596"></a> 5968 6059 5969 6060 write raw (G) 5970 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 54287"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server6061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329597"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 5971 6062 will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 5972 6063 You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5973 6064 </em></span> 5974 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 54328"></a>6065 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329638"></a> 5975 6066 5976 6067 wtmp directory (G) 5977 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 54329"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6068 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329639"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5978 6069 This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 5979 6070 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on … … 5987 6078 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code> 5988 6079 </em></span> 5989 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 54406"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>6080 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329716"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p> 5990 6081 Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. 5991 6082 Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility. … … 6000 6091 care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are 6001 6092 correct. 6002 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 54449"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354460"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>6003 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 54539"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6093 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329759"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329769"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 6094 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329849"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 6004 6095 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 6005 6096 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcacls.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82786"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control2 Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83369"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290849"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control 2 Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258946"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program. 3 3 The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a acls</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACLs specified to the ACL list. Existing 4 4 access control entries are unchanged. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M acls</span></dt><dd><p>Modify the mask value (permissions) for the ACLs … … 53 53 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 54 54 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 55 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83081"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by55 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258374"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by 56 56 either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 57 57 REVISION:<revision number> … … 79 79 permissions</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions 80 80 </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO' 81 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324687"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status81 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299987"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status 82 82 depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 83 83 The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit … … 85 85 or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status 86 86 of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line 87 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24714"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324724"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities87 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300014"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300024"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 88 88 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 89 89 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbclient.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient — ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources 2 on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-L <netbios name>] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-k] [-P] [-c <command>]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l log-basename] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83022"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can2 on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-L <netbios name>] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-k] [-P] [-c <command>]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l log-basename] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258316"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can 3 3 'talk' to an SMB/CIFS server. It offers an interface 4 4 similar to that of the ftp program (see <a class="citerefentry" href="ftp.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftp</span>(1)</span></a>). … … 6 6 to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to 7 7 the server, retrieving directory information from the server 8 and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83058"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service8 and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258352"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service 9 9 you want to use on the server. A service name takes the form 10 10 <code class="filename">//server/service</code> where <em class="parameter"><code>server … … 268 268 commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <em class="parameter"><code> 269 269 -N</code></em> is implied by <em class="parameter"><code>-c</code></em>.</p><p>This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin 270 to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25619"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with270 to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300920"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with 271 271 a prompt : </p><p><code class="prompt">smb:\> </code></p><p>The backslash ("\\") indicates the current working directory 272 272 on the server, and will change if the current working directory … … 334 334 lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">getfacl <filename></span></dt><dd><p>Requires the server support the UNIX extensions. Requests and prints 335 335 the POSIX ACL on a file. 336 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">hardlink <src> <dest<</span></dt><dd><p>Creates a hardlink on the server using Windows CIFS semantics. 337 the POSIX ACL on a file. 336 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">hardlink <src> <dest></span></dt><dd><p>Creates a hardlink on the server using Windows CIFS semantics. 338 337 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">help [command]</span></dt><dd><p>See the ? command above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">history</span></dt><dd><p>Displays the command history.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">iosize <bytes></span></dt><dd><p>When sending or receiving files, smbclient uses an 339 338 internal memory buffer by default of size 64512 bytes. This command … … 465 464 the given arbitrary number. Without an argument prints out the current 466 465 vuid being used. Used for internal Samba testing purposes. 467 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 26556"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames,466 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301857"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames, 468 467 passwords, share names (AKA service names) and machine names. 469 468 If you fail to connect try giving all parameters in uppercase. … … 472 471 on a valid NetBIOS name being used, so you need to supply a valid 473 472 name that would be known to the server.</p><p>smbclient supports long file names where the server 474 supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 26576"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the473 supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301877"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the 475 474 username of the person using the client. This information is 476 475 used only if the protocol level is high enough to support … … 482 481 to instead of connecting to a server. This functionality is primarily 483 482 intended as a development aid, and works best when using a LMHOSTS 484 file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 26607"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for483 file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301908"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for 485 484 individual system administrators. The following are thus 486 485 suggestions only. </p><p>It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed … … 493 492 running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon 494 493 on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024) 495 would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 26654"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a494 would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301955"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a 496 495 specified log file. The log file name is specified at compile time, 497 496 but may be overridden on the command line. </p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends 498 497 on the debug level used by the client. If you have problems, 499 set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 26670"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326681"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities498 set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301971"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301982"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 500 499 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 501 500 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcontrol.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82735"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which2 sends messages to a <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82785"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290798"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which 2 sends messages to a <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290848"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 3 3 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the 4 4 configuration details required by the server. The … … 17 17 to only that process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">message-type</span></dt><dd><p>Type of message to send. See 18 18 the section <code class="constant">MESSAGE-TYPES</code> for details. 19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82922"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259048"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client 20 20 connections to the named share. Note that this doesn't affect client 21 21 connections to any other shares. This message-type takes an argument of the … … 60 60 sent to smbd.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">reload-config</span></dt><dd><p>Force daemon to reload smb.conf configuration file. Can be sent 61 61 to <code class="constant">smbd</code>, <code class="constant">nmbd</code>, or <code class="constant">winbindd</code>. 62 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324598"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of63 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324608"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324632"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities62 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299899"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 63 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299909"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299933"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 64 64 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 65 65 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcquotas.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83364"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283392"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258940"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258967"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set. 2 2 By default the current user's username will be used.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>Lists all quota records of the share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>Show the share quota status and default limits.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND</span></dt><dd><p>This command sets/modifies quotas for a user or on the share, 3 3 depending on the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND parameter which is described later.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>This option displays all QUOTA information in numeric … … 63 63 via the <code class="literal">ps</code> command. To be safe always allow 64 64 <code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type 65 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324615"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation65 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299914"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation 66 66 name followed by a set of parameters specific to that operation. 67 67 </p><p>To set user quotas for the user specified by -u or for the … … 75 75 </p><p><strong class="userinput"><code> 76 76 FSQFLAGS:QUOTA_ENABLED/DENY_DISK/LOG_SOFTLIMIT/LOG_HARD_LIMIT 77 </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324659"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status77 </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299958"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status 78 78 depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 79 79 The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit … … 81 81 or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status 82 82 of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line 83 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324687"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324696"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities83 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299985"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299996"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 84 84 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 85 85 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbd.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number(s)>] [-P <profiling level>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82811"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number(s)>] [-P <profiling level>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290850"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that 2 2 provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients. 3 3 The server provides filespace and printer services to … … 22 22 the configuration file will not affect connections to any service 23 23 that is already established. Either the user will have to 24 disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83420"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes24 disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258994"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 25 25 the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches 26 26 itself and runs in the background, fielding requests … … 83 83 0 turns off profiling, 1 turns on counter profiling only, 84 84 2 turns on complete profiling, and 3 resets all profiling data. 85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324629"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299911"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the 86 86 <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file 87 87 must contain suitable startup information for the … … 97 97 install this file are <code class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> 98 98 and <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</p><p>This file describes all the services the server 99 is to make available to clients. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24741"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back99 is to make available to clients. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300024"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back 100 100 to root after a setuid() call. Such systems are called 101 101 trapdoor uid systems. If you have such a system, … … 103 103 two different users at once. Attempts to connect the 104 104 second user will result in access denied or 105 similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24758"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to105 similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300041"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to 106 106 printable services, most systems will use the value of 107 107 this variable (or <code class="constant">lp</code> if this variable is 108 108 not defined) as the name of the printer to use. This 109 is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24785"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext109 is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300068"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext 110 110 password), for account checking (is this account disabled?) and for 111 111 session management. The degree too which samba supports PAM is restricted … … 120 120 Note also that some older pam configuration files may need a line 121 121 added for session support. 122 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24832"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of123 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24841"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged122 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300114"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 123 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300125"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged 124 124 in a specified log file. The log file name is specified 125 125 at compile time, but may be overridden on the command line.</p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends … … 130 130 diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still to grep the 131 131 source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the 132 diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24864"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p>132 diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300147"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p> 133 133 (*) information persistent across restarts (but not 134 134 necessarily important to backup). 135 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes & oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25083"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to135 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes & oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300367"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to 136 136 reload its <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> configuration 137 137 file within a short period of time.</p><p>To shut down a user's <code class="literal">smbd</code> process it is recommended … … 148 148 issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe 149 149 by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking 150 them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25161"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the150 them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300445"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the 151 151 Internet RFC's <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>. 152 152 In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 153 153 as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> 154 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25240"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities154 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300524"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 155 155 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 156 156 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbget.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget — wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83397"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget — wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258974"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line. 2 2 </p><p> 3 3 The files should be in the smb-URL standard, e.g. use smb://host/share/file 4 4 for the UNC path <span class="emphasis"><em>\\\\HOST\\SHARE\\file</em></span>. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83428"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being download to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283078"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting">5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259004"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being download to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258370"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 6 6 smb://[[[domain;]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] 7 7 </pre><pre class="programlisting"> … … 9 9 </pre><pre class="programlisting"> 10 10 smb://name/ means, if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a workgroup, all the servers in this workgroup, or if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a server, all the shares on this server. 11 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324476"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">11 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299774"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 12 12 # Recursively download 'src' directory 13 13 smbget -R smb://rhonwyn/jelmer/src … … 18 18 # Backup my data on rhonwyn 19 19 smbget -Rr smb://rhonwyn/ 20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324490"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299788"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown 21 21 (such as an illegally formatted smb:// url or trying to get a directory without -R 22 turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324502"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of23 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324511"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities22 turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299799"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 23 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299809"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 24 24 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 25 25 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbgetrc.5.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc — configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315548"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc — configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258166"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 This manual page documents the format and options of the <span class="emphasis"><em>smbgetrc</em></span> 3 3 file. This is the configuration file used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> … … 5 5 and value should be separated by a space. 6 6 </p><p>By default, smbget reads its configuration from <span class="emphasis"><em>$HOME/.smbgetrc</em></span>, though 7 other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83754"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>7 other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258194"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 8 8 The following keys can be set: 9 9 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">resume on|off</span></dt><dd><p> 10 10 Whether aborted downloads should be automatically resumed. 11 11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recursive on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether directories should be downloaded recursively</p></dd><dt><span class="term">username <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Username to use when logging in to the remote server. Use an empty string for anonymous access. 12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83384"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of13 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83394"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83418"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258961"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 13 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258972"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258996"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbmnt.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt — helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82739"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is a helper application used1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt — helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290801"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is a helper application used 2 2 by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares. 3 3 <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> can be installed setuid root if you want … … 5 5 by the user, and that the user has write permission on.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> program is normally invoked 6 6 by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>. It should not be invoked directly by users. </p><p>smbmount searches the normal PATH for smbmnt. You must ensure 7 that the smbmnt version in your path matches the smbmount used.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82787"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>mount the filesystem read-only7 that the smbmnt version in your path matches the smbmount used.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290849"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>mount the filesystem read-only 8 8 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u uid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the uid that the files will 9 9 be owned by </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g gid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the gid that the files will be … … 14 14 command is run on a 2.4 or higher Linux kernel. 15 15 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 16 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82882"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield16 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259007"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield 17 17 and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace 18 18 tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>, -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbmount.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount — mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83736"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount — mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258176"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It 2 2 is usually invoked as <code class="literal">mount.smbfs</code> by 3 3 the <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the … … 16 16 calls <a class="citerefentry" href="smbmnt.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmnt</span>(8)</span></a> to do the actual mount. You 17 17 must make sure that <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is in the path so 18 that it can be found. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83356"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>18 that it can be found. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258933"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=<arg></span></dt><dd><p> 19 19 specifies the username to connect as. If this is not given, then the environment variable <code class="envar"> USER</code> 20 20 is used. This option can also take the form "user%password" or "user/workgroup" or "user/workgroup%password" … … 74 74 in many cases. 75 75 (Note: only kernel 2.4.2 or later) 76 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324483"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the username of the76 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299783"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the username of the 77 77 person using the client. This information is used only if the 78 78 protocol level is high enough to support session-level … … 83 83 passwords.</p><p>The variable <code class="envar">PASSWD_FILE</code> may contain the pathname 84 84 of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is 85 read and used as the password.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324513"></a><h2>OTHER COMMANDS</h2><p>85 read and used as the password.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299813"></a><h2>OTHER COMMANDS</h2><p> 86 86 File systems that have been mounted using the <code class="literal">smbmount</code> 87 87 can be unmounted using the <code class="literal">smbumount</code> or the UNIX system 88 88 <code class="literal">umount</code> command. 89 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324538"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled.89 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299838"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled. 90 90 For passwords an alternative way of passing them is in a credentials 91 91 file or in the PASSWD environment.</p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with … … 98 98 to try the latest version first. So please try doing that first, 99 99 and always include which versions you use of relevant software 100 when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324573"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt in the linux kernel100 when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299873"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt in the linux kernel 101 101 source tree may contain additional options and information.</p><p>FreeBSD also has a smbfs, but it is not related to smbmount</p><p>For Solaris, HP-UX and others you may want to look at <a class="citerefentry" href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a> or at other solutions, such as 102 Sharity or perhaps replacing the SMB server with a NFS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324598"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield102 Sharity or perhaps replacing the SMB server with a NFS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299899"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield 103 103 and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace 104 104 tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>, -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.5.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315548"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258166"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains 2 2 the username, Unix user id and the SMB hashed passwords of the 3 3 user, as well as account flag information and the time the 4 4 password was last changed. This file format has been evolving with 5 Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83750"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.25 Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258190"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.2 6 6 is very similar to the familiar Unix <code class="filename">passwd(5)</code> 7 7 file. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user. Each field … … 77 77 "Last Change Time") followed by a numeric encoding of the UNIX time 78 78 in seconds since the epoch (1970) that the last change was made. 79 </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82932"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of80 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82942"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and79 </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259059"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 80 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258236"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and 81 81 the Internet RFC1321 for details on the MD4 algorithm. 82 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82967"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities82 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258261"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 83 83 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 84 84 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c <config file>] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83379"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c <config file>] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258956"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different 2 2 functions, depending on whether it is run by the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> user 3 3 or not. When run as a normal user it allows the user to change … … 26 26 smbpasswd</code> accesses the local smbpasswd file 27 27 directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not 28 running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82931"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>28 running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259059"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p> 29 29 This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the new 30 30 password typed (type <Enter> for the old password). This option is ignored if the username following … … 152 152 can specify this parameter as only root has the permission needed 153 153 to modify attributes directly in the local smbpasswd file. 154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24951"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300254"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server 155 155 mode communicating with a local smbd for a non-root user then 156 156 the smbd daemon must be running for this to work. A common problem … … 160 160 the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and neglecting to 161 161 allow "localhost" access to the smbd. </p><p>In addition, the smbpasswd command is only useful if Samba 162 has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24996"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325006"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325030"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities162 has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300298"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300309"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300332"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 163 163 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 164 164 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbspool.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82733"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290795"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that 2 2 sends a print file to an SMB printer. The command-line arguments 3 3 are position-dependent for compatibility with the Common UNIX … … 11 11 pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the 12 12 <code class="envar">DEVICE_URI</code> environment variable prior to 13 running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83370"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the13 running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258947"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the 14 14 job ID number and is presently not used by smbspool. 15 15 </p></li><li><p>The user argument (argv[2]) contains the … … 24 24 not used by smbspool.</p></li><li><p>The filename argument (argv[6]) contains the 25 25 name of the file to print. If this argument is not specified 26 then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83414"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283424"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282899"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet26 then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258991"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259001"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259026"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet 27 27 at Easy Software Products.</p><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 28 28 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbstatus.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82762"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to2 list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82788"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290825"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to 2 list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290850"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the 3 3 profiling option, print only the contents of the profiling 4 4 shared memory area.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b|--brief</span></dt><dd><p>gives brief output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer … … 29 29 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--processes</span></dt><dd><p>print a list of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes and exit. 30 30 Useful for scripting.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--shares</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to only list shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=<username></span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324482"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of32 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324491"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324515"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=<username></span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299781"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 32 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299790"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299814"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 33 33 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 34 34 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtar.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar — shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares 2 directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83357"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top3 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83391"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides2 directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258935"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top 3 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258968"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides 4 4 upon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-x service</span></dt><dd><p>The share name on the server to connect to. 5 5 The default is "backup".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-X</span></dt><dd><p>Exclude mode. Exclude filenames... from tar … … 18 18 after each file is read. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Restore. Files are restored to the share 19 19 from the tar file. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l log level</span></dt><dd><p>Log (debug) level. Corresponds to the 20 <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83046"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the20 <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258340"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the 21 21 default tape device to write to. May be overridden 22 with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83063"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different23 options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83079"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like22 with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258357"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different 23 options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258373"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like 24 24 the way the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work 25 25 on entire shares; should work on file lists. smbtar works best 26 with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83091"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324476"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of27 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324485"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324517"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities26 with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299754"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299776"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 27 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299785"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299817"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 28 28 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 29 29 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtree.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree — A text based smb network browser 2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83752"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258192"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program 3 3 in text mode. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found 4 4 on Windows computers. It prints a tree with all 5 5 the known domains, the servers in those domains and 6 6 the shares on the servers. 7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82737"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290799"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests 8 8 as broadcasts instead of querying the local master browser. 9 9 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>Only print a list of all … … 68 68 <code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type 69 69 it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 70 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324469"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba71 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324479"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities70 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299769"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 71 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299779"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 72 72 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 73 73 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbumount.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount — smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbumount</code> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315543"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems,1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount — smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbumount</code> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258746"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems, 2 2 provided that it is suid root. <code class="literal">smbumount</code> has 3 3 been written to give normal Linux users more control over their … … 7 7 program works perfectly well.</p><p>WARNING: <code class="literal">smbumount</code> is deprecated and not 8 8 maintained any longer. <code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> 9 should be used instead of <code class="literal">smbumount</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83761"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282739"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282755"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield9 should be used instead of <code class="literal">smbumount</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290780"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290802"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290817"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield 10 10 and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace 11 11 tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>, -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/swat.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s <smb config file>] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83767"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s <smb config file>] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258192"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to 2 2 configure the complex <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file via a Web browser. In addition, 3 3 a <code class="literal">swat</code> configuration page has help links 4 4 to all the configurable options in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file allowing an 5 administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82794"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is5 administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290831"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is 6 6 determined at compile time. The file specified contains 7 7 the configuration details required by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> server. This is the file … … 42 42 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 43 43 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83106"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259052"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The 45 45 package manager in this case takes care of the installation and 46 46 configuration. This section is only for those who have compiled … … 49 49 </code> to install the <code class="literal">swat</code> binary 50 50 and the various help files and images. A default install would put 51 these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 324495"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf51 these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299777"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf 52 52 </code> and <code class="filename">/etc/services</code> 53 53 to enable SWAT to be launched via <code class="literal">inetd</code>.</p><p>In <code class="filename">/etc/services</code> you need to … … 63 63 and <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code> you need to send a 64 64 HUP signal to inetd. To do this use <code class="literal">kill -1 PID 65 </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324590"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and65 </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299873"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and 66 66 point it at "http://localhost:901/".</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected 67 67 machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your 68 68 connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent 69 in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324606"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup69 in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299889"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup 70 70 information for the meta-daemon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/services</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain a mapping of service name 71 71 (e.g., swat) to service port (e.g., 901) and protocol type … … 74 74 /usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/smb.conf 75 75 </code>. This file describes all the services the server 76 is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324679"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all76 is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299962"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all 77 77 comments, <em class="parameter"><code>include=</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>copy= 78 78 </code></em> options. If you have a carefully crafted <code class="filename"> 79 smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24718"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324728"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324757"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities79 smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300001"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300011"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300040"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 80 80 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 81 81 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbbackup.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup — tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83752"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup — tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258192"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb 2 2 files. This tool may also be used to verify the integrity of the .tdb files prior 3 3 to samba startup or during normal operation. If it finds file damage and it finds 4 4 a prior backup the backup file will be restored. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82737"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290799"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 Get help information. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s suffix</span></dt><dd><p> … … 12 12 The <code class="literal">-v</code> will check the database for damages (currupt data) 13 13 which if detected causes the backup to be restored. 14 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83351"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p>14 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258928"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p> 15 15 The <code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> utility can safely be run at any time. It was designed so 16 16 that it can be used at any time to validate the integrity of tdb files, even during Samba … … 30 30 <code class="literal">*.tdb</code> located in the /usr/local/samba/var directory or on some 31 31 systems in the /var/cache or /var/lib/samba directories. 32 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83424"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282885"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>32 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259001"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259011"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 33 33 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 34 34 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbdump.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump — tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83737"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump — tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258177"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the 2 2 contents of a TDB (Trivial DataBase) file to standard output in a 3 3 human-readable format. 4 4 </p><p>This tool can be used when debugging problems with TDB files. It is 5 5 intended for those who are somewhat familiar with Samba internals. 6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82726"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282736"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290789"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290798"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 7 7 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 8 8 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbtool.8.html
r134 r158 3 3 [ 4 4 <em class="replaceable"><code>COMMANDS</code></em> 5 ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83764"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the5 ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290782"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the 6 6 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> a tool for displaying and 7 7 altering the contents of Samba TDB (Trivial DataBase) files. Each 8 8 of the commands listed below can be entered interactively or 9 provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82748"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code>9 provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290810"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code> 10 10 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Create a new database named 11 11 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em>. … … 57 57 <code class="option">quit</code> 58 58 </span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>. 59 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83064"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private59 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258358"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private 60 60 to the implementation and should not be altered with 61 61 <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>. 62 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83081"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283090"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were62 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258374"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299753"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were 63 63 created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the 64 64 Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/testparm.1.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm — check an smb.conf configuration file for 2 internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82739"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program2 internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290803"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program 3 3 to check an <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> configuration file for 4 4 internal correctness. If this program reports no problems, you … … 12 12 smb.conf</code> file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling 13 13 program, else it returns an exit code of 0. This allows shell scripts 14 to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83371"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code>14 to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258949"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code> 15 15 will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service 16 16 names and before dumping the service definitions.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. … … 42 42 be supplied.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">hostIP</span></dt><dd><p>This is the IP address of the host specified 43 43 in the previous parameter. This address must be supplied 44 if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83020"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration44 if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258314"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration 45 45 file used by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>. 46 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83054"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the46 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258348"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the 47 47 configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by 48 48 errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was 49 49 loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details 50 to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83066"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of51 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83077"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324465"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities50 to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258360"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 51 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258370"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299765"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 52 52 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 53 53 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/umount.cifs.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs — for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83746"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs — for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258186"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked 2 2 indirectly by the 3 3 <a class="citerefentry" href="umount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount</span>(8)</span></a> command … … 12 12 setuid root (or equivalently update the /etc/permissions file) to allow non-root users to umount shares to directories for which they have write permission. The umount.cifs utility is typically 13 13 not needed if unmounts need only be performed by root users, or if user mounts and unmounts 14 can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82755"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282788"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount). An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283357"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>14 can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290818"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290850"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount). An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258934"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 15 15 The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading 16 16 debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. … … 18 18 configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information. 19 19 For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>. 20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83380"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time).20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258958"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time). 21 21 </p><p>If the same mount point is mounted multiple times by cifs, umount.cifs will remove all of the matching entries from the mount table (although umount.cifs will actually only unmount the last one), rather than only removing the last matching entry in /etc/mtab. The pseudofile /proc/mounts will display correct information though, and the lack of an entry in /etc/mtab does not prevent subsequent unmounts.</p><p> 22 22 Note that the typical response to a bug report is a suggestion … … 25 25 when reporting bugs (minimum: umount.cifs (try umount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and 26 26 server type you are trying to contact. 27 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83405"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of28 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83415"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>27 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258983"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of 28 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258993"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 29 29 Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel 30 30 source tree may contain additional options and information. 31 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82885"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace31 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259013"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace 32 32 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>umount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>. 33 33 The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux CIFS Mailing list</a> -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_audit.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to the system log using 4 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82779"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named4 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290841"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named 5 5 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> facility. 6 6 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named 8 8 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority. 9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83389"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258964"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility 10 10 and NOTICE priority:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 11 11 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> … … 13 13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:FACILITY">audit:facility = LOCAL1</a> 14 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:PRIORITY">audit:priority = NOTICE</a> 15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82994"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.16 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83004"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258367"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 16 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258377"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 17 17 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 18 18 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cacheprime.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime — prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime — prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_cacheprime</code> VFS module reads chunks 3 3 of file data near the range requested by clients in order to … … 8 8 on boundaries that are a multiple of this size. Each range of 9 9 the file data is primed at most once during the time the client 10 has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82732"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime11 the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82788"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure10 has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290793"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime 11 the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290850"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure 12 12 that all read operations are of size 1 megabyte (1048576 bytes), 13 13 and aligned on 1 megabyte boundaries: … … 16 16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = cacheprime</a> 17 17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CACHEPRIME:RSIZE">cacheprime:rsize = 1M</a> 18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83387"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259066"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for 19 19 a general-purpose readahead mechanism. It is intended for use 20 20 only in very specific environments where disk operations must 21 21 be aligned and sized to known values (as much as that is possible). 22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83403"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83413"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258249"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258259"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 24 24 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 25 25 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cap.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap — CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap — CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a 3 3 technique for representing non-ASCII filenames in ASCII. The … … 5 5 from CAP format, allowing users to name files in their native 6 6 encoding. </p><p>CAP encoding is most commonly 7 used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83766"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support7 used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290785"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support 8 8 users in the Shift_JIS locale:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 9 9 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> … … 11 11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET">dos charset = CP932</a> 12 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = cap</a> 13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82775"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82784"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259058"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259067"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_catia.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia — translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia — translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that 3 3 use characters that are illegal in CIFS filenames. The 4 4 <code class="literal">vfs_catia</code> VFS module implements a fixed character 5 5 mapping so that these files can be shared with CIFS clients. 6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83762"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290782"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 7 7 <em class="parameter"><code>[CAD]</code></em> 8 8 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /data/cad</a> 9 9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = catia</a> 10 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82761"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82770"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities10 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259048"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259058"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 12 12 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 13 13 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_commit.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit — flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit — flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_commit</code> VFS module keeps track of 3 3 the amount of data written to a file and synchronizes it to … … 8 8 commit:dthresh value. Secondly, write performance can be 9 9 improved on some systems by flushing file data early and at 10 regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82728"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified10 regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290791"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified 11 11 number of bytes has been written. 12 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82784"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after12 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290848"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after 13 13 every 512 kilobytes (524288 bytes) of data is written:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 14 14 <em class="parameter"><code>[precious]</code></em> … … 16 16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = commit</a> 17 17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#COMMIT:DTHRESH">commit:dthresh = 512K</a> 18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83394"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258242"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by 19 19 <code class="literal">commit</code> may reduce performance. 20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83410"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83420"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258258"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258268"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 22 22 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 23 23 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_default_quota.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota — store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota — store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> 3 3 suite.</p><p>Many common quota implementations only store … … 10 10 the default quota to the quota record of a user. By default the 11 11 root user is taken because quota limits for root are typically 12 not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82729"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the12 not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290792"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the 13 13 default user quota values are stored. 14 14 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">default_quota:gid = GID</span></dt><dd><p>GID specifies the group ID of the quota record where the … … 22 22 be reported as having a quota of NO_LIMIT. Otherwise, 23 23 the stored values will be reported. 24 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83353"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for24 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258930"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for 25 25 the user with ID 65535 and report that user as having no quota 26 26 limits:</p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 29 29 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UID">default_quota:uid = 65535</a> 30 30 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UIDNOLIMIT">default_quota:uid nolimit = yes</a> 31 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83407"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83417"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities31 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258254"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258263"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 33 33 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 34 34 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_extd_audit.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">extd_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to both the … … 8 8 <code class="literal">vfs_extd_audit</code> is identical to 9 9 <a class="citerefentry" href="vfs_audit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfs_audit</span>(8)</span></a>. 10 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82759"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82769"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities10 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290822"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290832"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 12 12 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 13 13 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_fake_perms.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms — enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms — enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_fake_perms</code> VFS module was created 3 3 to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on … … 7 7 the client even though the files will never be overwritten as 8 8 the client logs out or shuts down. 9 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83765"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">9 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290784"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 10 10 <em class="parameter"><code>[Profiles]</code></em> 11 11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /profiles</a> 12 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = fake_perms</a> 13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82760"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82770"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259048"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259058"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_full_audit.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit — record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit — record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to the system log using … … 11 11 format is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 12 12 smbd_audit: PREFIX|OPERATION|RESULT|FILE 13 </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324497"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is13 </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299797"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is 14 14 processed for standard substitution variables listed in 15 15 <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>. The default … … 25 25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">full_audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named 26 26 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority. 27 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324597"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records]27 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299897"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records] 28 28 share using the LOCAL7 facility and ALERT priority, including 29 29 the username and IP address:</p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 36 36 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FACILITY">full_audit:facility = LOCAL7</a> 37 37 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PRIORITY">full_audit:priority = ALERT</a> 38 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24772"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.39 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24782"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities38 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300071"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 39 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300081"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 40 40 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 41 41 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_netatalk.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk — hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk — hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_netatalk</code> VFS module dynamically 3 3 hides .AppleDouble files, preventing spurious errors on some 4 4 CIFS clients. .AppleDouble files may be created by historic 5 implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83762"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">5 implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290782"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 6 6 <em class="parameter"><code>[data]</code></em> 7 7 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = netatalk</a> 8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82750"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259037"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use 9 9 in modern networks since current Apple systems are able to mount CIFS 10 10 shares natively. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82761"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82770"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259048"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259058"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 13 13 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 14 14 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_prealloc.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc — preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc — preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> VFS module preallocates 3 3 files to a specified size each time a new file is created. This 4 4 is useful in environments where files are of a predetermined 5 5 size will be written to a disk subsystem where extending file 6 allocations is expensive. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83763"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to6 allocations is expensive. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290781"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to 7 7 the size specified by BYTES. 8 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82776"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the8 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290838"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the 9 9 is known these files will almost always be around 4 megabytes 10 10 (4194304 bytes): </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 13 13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = prealloc</a> 14 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREALLOC:TIFF">prealloc:tiff = 4M</a> 15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83386"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259065"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all 16 16 platforms and filesystems. Currently only XFS filesystems on 17 17 Linux and IRIX are supported. 18 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83401"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.19 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83411"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities18 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258247"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 19 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258257"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 20 20 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 21 21 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_readonly.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly — make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly — make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_readonly</code> VFS module marks a share 3 3 as read only for all clients connecting within the configured 4 4 time period. Clients connecting during this time will be denied 5 5 write access to all files in the share, irrespective of ther 6 actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83762"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client6 actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290782"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client 7 7 connection was made between the times marked by the 8 8 BEGIN and END date specifiers. … … 10 10 same as that accepted by the -d option of GNU 11 11 <a class="citerefentry" href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a>. 12 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82752"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting">12 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290815"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 13 13 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 14 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = readonly</a> … … 18 18 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = readonly</a> 19 19 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY:PERIOD">readonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"</a> 20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83383"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83394"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259064"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258241"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 22 22 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 23 23 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_recycle.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle — Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle — Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_recycle</code> intercepts file deletion 3 3 requests and moves the affected files to a temporary repository … … 11 11 can recover files from the recycle bin. If the recycle:keeptree 12 12 option has been specified, deleted files will be found in a path 13 identical with that from which the file was deleted. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82727"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved.13 identical with that from which the file was deleted. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290790"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved. 14 14 </p><p>If this option is not set, the default path .recycle 15 15 is used. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:directory_mode = MODE</span></dt><dd><p>Set MODE to the octal mode the recycle repository … … 48 48 and ? are supported) for which no versioning should 49 49 be used. Only useful when recycle:versions is enabled. 50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82925"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259053"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility 51 51 and NOTICE priority:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 52 52 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> … … 54 54 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:FACILITY">recycle:facility = LOCAL1</a> 55 55 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:PRIORITY">recycle:priority = NOTICE</a> 56 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83081"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.57 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83091"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities56 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258375"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 57 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299753"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 58 58 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 59 59 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy.8.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy — Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 315551"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy — Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> VFS module functionality 3 3 that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services. When setup properly, 4 4 this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse 5 5 "shadow copies" on Samba shares. 6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83762"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290782"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem 7 7 snapshot implementation. Many common filesystems have native 8 8 support for this. … … 17 17 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 18 18 TZ=GMT date +@GMT-%Y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S 19 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83383"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting">19 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258962"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 20 20 <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em> 21 21 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = shadow_copy</a> 22 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83414"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution.22 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258346"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution. 23 23 </p><p>With Samba or Windows servers, 24 24 <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> is designed to be an end-user … … 26 26 archival solutions and should in no way be considered as 27 27 such. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a 28 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82988"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82998"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities28 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258367"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258377"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 30 30 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 31 31 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfstest.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83760"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line 2 2 utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules. It gives the 3 3 user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and 4 4 supports cascaded VFS modules. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82745"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands.5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290807"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands. 6 6 See below for the commands that are available. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. … … 33 33 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 34 34 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 35 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82995"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">load <module.so></code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">populate <char> <size></code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data35 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258289"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">load <module.so></code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">populate <char> <size></code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data 36 36 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">showdata [<offset> <len>]</code> - Show data currently in data buffer 37 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">conf <smb.conf></code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">help [<command>]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">debuglevel <level></code> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24732"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba38 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24741"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities37 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">conf <smb.conf></code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">help [<command>]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">debuglevel <level></code> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300032"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 38 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300041"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 39 39 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 40 40 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/wbinfo.1.html
r134 r158 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [-h] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--own-domain] [-p] [-r user] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [-S sid] [-t] [-u] [--uid-info uid] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [-Y sid] [--verbose]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82953"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [-h] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--own-domain] [-p] [-r user] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [-S sid] [-t] [-u] [--uid-info uid] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [-Y sid] [--verbose]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258247"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information 2 2 created and used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. </p><p>The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be configured 3 3 and running for the <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program to be able 4 to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 83005"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd.4 to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258299"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd. 5 5 This checks both authenticaion methods and reports its results. 6 6 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Do not be tempted to use this … … 83 83 the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 84 84 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24919"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300219"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation 86 86 succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed. If the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is not working <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> will always return 87 failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24943"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of88 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24953"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324975"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities87 failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300243"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 88 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300254"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300276"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 89 89 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 90 90 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/winbindd.8.html
r134 r158 1 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd — Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names 2 from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 82746"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides2 from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290810"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides 3 3 a number of services to the Name Service Switch capability found 4 4 in most modern C libraries, to arbitrary applications via PAM … … 6 6 service to <code class="literal">smbd</code>, <code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> 7 7 and the <code class="literal">pam_winbind.so</code> PAM module, by managing connections to 8 domain controllers. In this configuraiton the 9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a> and 10 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a> 11 parameters are not required. (This is known as `netlogon proxy only mode'.)</p><p> The Name Service Switch allows user 8 domain controllers. In this configuration the 9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a> 10 parameters are not required. (This is known as `netlogon proxy only mode'.)</p><p>The Name Service Switch allows user 12 11 and system information to be obtained from different databases 13 12 services such as NIS or DNS. The exact behaviour can be configured 14 through tthe <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file.13 through the <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file. 15 14 Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range 16 15 of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the … … 18 17 can be used to resolve user and group information from a 19 18 Windows NT server. The service can also provide authentication 20 services via an associated PAM module. 19 services via an associated PAM module.</p><p> 21 20 The <code class="filename">pam_winbind</code> module supports the 22 21 <em class="parameter"><code>auth</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>account</code></em> 23 and <em class="parameter"><code>password</code></em> 24 module-types. It should be noted that the 22 and <em class="parameter"><code>password</code></em> module-types. It should be noted that the 25 23 <em class="parameter"><code>account</code></em> module simply performs a getpwnam() to verify that 26 24 the system can obtain a uid for the user, as the domain … … 48 46 </code> and <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> and then from the 49 47 Windows NT server. 50 </p><pre class="programlisting">48 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 51 49 passwd: files winbind 52 50 group: files winbind 53 ## only available on IRIX; Linux users should us libnss_wins.so 54 hosts: files dns winbind 51 ## only available on IRIX: use winbind to resolve hosts: 52 # hosts: files dns winbind 53 ## All other NSS enabled systems should use libnss_wins.so like this: 54 hosts: files dns wins 55 55 56 </pre><p>The following simple configuration in the 56 57 <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file can be used to initially … … 58 59 WINS server.</p><pre class="programlisting"> 59 60 hosts: files wins 60 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 324498"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes61 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299800"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 61 62 the main <code class="literal">winbindd</code> process to not daemonize, 62 63 i.e. double-fork and disassociate with the terminal. … … 111 112 default behavior is to launch a child process that is responsible for 112 113 updating expired cache entries. 113 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24720"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300022"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned 114 115 a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the 115 116 user or group is created. To convert the Windows NT user or group … … 127 128 and group rids. </p><p>See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> or the old <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a> parameters in 128 129 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for options for sharing this 129 database, such as via LDAP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24773"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon130 database, such as via LDAP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300075"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon 130 131 is done through configuration parameters in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. All parameters should be specified in the 131 132 [global] section of smb.conf. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> … … 144 145 instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain 145 146 Controllers. 146 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 24918"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>147 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300220"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p> 147 148 To setup winbindd for user and group lookups plus 148 149 authentication from a domain controller use something like the … … 195 196 the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username. You may wish to use the 196 197 commands <code class="literal">getent passwd</code> and <code class="literal">getent group 197 </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25091"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and198 </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300393"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and 198 199 running <code class="literal">winbindd</code>: </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> must be running on the local machine 199 200 for <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to work. </p><p>PAM is really easy to misconfigure. Make sure you know what … … 203 204 be the same. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local 204 205 machine, unless a shared <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a> is configured.</p><p>If the the Windows NT SID to UNIX user and group id mapping 205 file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25147"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the206 file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300450"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the 206 207 <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SIGHUP</span></dt><dd><p>Reload the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and 207 208 apply any parameter changes to the running … … 211 212 winbindd</code> to write status information to the winbind 212 213 log file.</p><p>Log files are stored in the filename specified by the 213 log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25205"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with214 log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300508"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with 214 215 the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> program. For security reasons, the 215 216 winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon … … 232 233 This directory is by default <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var/locks 233 234 </code>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for cached user and group information. 234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25338"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0of235 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 25349"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325404"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300641"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 236 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300651"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300706"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 236 237 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 237 238 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.
